2014 Infiniti Q50 | Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA · Printing: August 2013 (02) / OM14E 0V37U1 /...

2014 Infiniti Q50 Owner’s Manual

Prin

ting

: Aug

ust 2

013

(02)

/ O

M14

E 0V

37U

1 /

Pri

nted

in U

.S.A

.

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.2014 Infiniti Q50

1541388 EN Q50 G Sedan.indd 1 8/3/13 9:43 AM

Your INFINITI represents a new way ofthinking about vehicle design. It integratesadvanced engineering and superior crafts-manship with a simple, refined aestheticsensitivity associated with traditional Ja-panese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxuryand beauty. The car itself is important, butso is the sense of harmony that the vehicleevokes in its driver, and the sense ofsatisfaction you feel with the INFINITI —

from the way it looks and drives to the highlevel of retailer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI tothe fullest, we encourage you to read thisOwner’s Manual immediately. It explainsall of the features, controls and perfor-mance characteristics of your INFINITI; italso provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletis included in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. The INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide explains details aboutmaintaining and servicing your vehicle.Always carry it with you when you takeyour vehicle to an INFINITI retailer. TheWarranty Information Booklet contentsprovide complete information about all

warranties covering this vehicle, the re-quirements to keep the warranties in effectas well as the INFINITI Roadside Assis-tance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

In addition to factory installed options,your vehicle may also be equipped withadditional accessories installed by INFINITIor by your INFINITI retailer prior to delivery.It is important that you familiarize yourselfwith all disclosures, warnings, cautionsand instructions concerning proper use ofsuch accessories prior to operating thevehicle and/or accessory. See an INFINITIretailer for details concerning the particu-lar accessories with which your vehicle isequipped.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle, read yourOwner’s Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenancerequirements, assisting you in the safeoperation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMIN-DERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip for youand your passengers!

. NEVER drive under the influence ofalcohol or drugs.

. ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

. ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle featuresor taking other actions that could dis-tract you.

. ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Pre-teenchildren should be seated in the rearseat.

Foreword

. ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

. ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual forimportant safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified.Modification could affect its performance,safety or durability, and may even violategovernmental regulations. In addition,damage or performance problems result-ing from modification will not be coveredunder the INFINITI warranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. Therefore,you may find some information that doesnot apply to your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect atthe time of printing. INFINITI reserves theright to change specifications or design atany time without notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUALYou will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moderatepersonal injury or damage to your vehicle.To avoid or reduce the risk, the proceduresmust be followed carefully.

SIC0697

If you see the symbol above, it means “Donot do this” or “Do not let this happen”.

If you see a symbol similar to those abovein an illustration, it means the arrow pointsto the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothose above indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to

those above call attention to an item in theillustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65WARNING

WARNING

Engine Exhaust, some of its constituents,and certain vehicle components contain oremit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm. In addition,certain fluids contained in vehicles andcertain products of component wear containor emit chemicals known to the State ofCalifornia to cause cancer and birth defectsor other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI-SORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithiumbatteries, may contain perchlorate materi-al. The following advisory is provided:“Perchlorate Material - special handlingmay apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

© 2013 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in anyform, or by any means, electronic, mechan-ical, photocopying, recording or otherwise,without the prior written permission ofNissan Motor Co., Ltd.

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAMINFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact our (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs De-partment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

. Your name, address, and telephonenumber

. Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

. Date of purchase

. Current odometer reading

. Your INFINITI retailer’s name

. Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:[email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customer) or

www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI andthank you for buying a quality INFINITIvehicle.

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraintsystem 1

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Table ofContents

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS)....................................................... 0-2Exterior front ....................................................... 0-3Exterior rear......................................................... 0-4Passenger compartment ...................................... 0-5Cockpit ................................................................ 0-6

Instrument panel................................................. 0-8Meters and gauges ............................................. 0-9Engine compartment ......................................... 0-10

VQ37VHR engine ......................................... 0-10Warning and indicator lights ............................. 0-11

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

SSI0715

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-42)

2. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-plemental air bags (P.1-42)

3. Seat belts (P.1-12)4. Head restraints (P.1-8)

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bags (P.1-42)

6. Child restraint anchor points (for toptether strap child restraint) (P.1-38)

7. Occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) (P.1-47)

8. Front seats (P.1-3)9. Seat belts with pretensioners (P.1-54)10. Rear seats (P.1-5)

— Child restraints (P.1-24)11. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P.1-26)

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

JVC0438X

1. Hood (P.3-18)2. Windshield wiper and washer

— Operation (P.2-33)— Maintenance (P.8-20)

3. Headlight— Operation (P.2-36)

— Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped) (P.2-41)

4. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P.2-51)5. Power windows (P.2-49)6. Outside mirrors (P.3-27)

— Side turn signal lights (P.2-42)

— Side view camera (if so equipped)*7. Recovery hook (P.6-16)8. Sonar system (if so equipped)*9. Front camera (if so equipped)*10. Turn signal

— Operation (P.2-36)11. Fog light (P.2-42)12. Tires

— Wheels and tires (P.8-29, P.9-9)— Flat tire (P.6-3)— Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) (P.2-14, P.5-4)

13. Doors— Keys (P.3-2)— Door locks (P.3-4)— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-14)— Courtesy light (P.2-56)

*: Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR FRONT


JVC0439X

1. Trunk— Intelligent Key system (P.3-6)— Remote keyless entry system(P.3-14)— Trunk lid (P.3-19)

2. High-mounted stop light (P.8-26)

3. Satellite antenna (P.4-3)4. Rear window defroster (P.2-36)/Anten-

na (P.4-3)5. Sonar system (if so equipped)*

— Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)system (if so equipped) (P.5-48)

6. Rear view camera*7. Recovery hook (P.6-16)8. Rear combination light (P.8-26)9. Fuel-filler door

— Operation (P.3-21)— Fuel information (P.9-4)

10. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-6)*: Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s

Manual.

EXTERIOR REAR

JVC0518X

1. Coat hooks (P.2-48)2. Rear personal light (P.2-54)3. Sun visors (P.3-25)4. Map light (P.2-53)

— SOS call switch (if so equipped)*

5. Moonroof switch (if so equipped)(P.2-51)

6. Sunglasses holder (P.2-46)7. Power window switch (P.2-49)8. Automatic drive positioner switch (if

so equipped) (P.3-29)

9. Inside mirror— Operation (P.3-26)— HomeLink® universal transceiver (ifso equipped) (P.2-56)— Compass (if so equipped) (P.2-9)

10. Trunk pass-through/Rear armrest(P.1-7)

11. Rear cup holders (P.2-45)12. Rear ashtray (if so equipped) (P.2-44)13. Console box (P.2-47)

— Power outlet (P.2-44)— Media hub*

14. Front cup holders (P.2-45)15. Front passenger air bag status light

(P.1-49)*: Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s

Manual.


PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


JVC0426X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-2)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch (P.2-36)3. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-43)

— Driver supplemental air bag(P.1-42)— Heated steering wheel (if soequipped)*— Steering system (P.5-104)

4. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-33)

5. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)6. Shift lever (P.5-15)7. INFINITI controller*8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P.2-43, P.5-108)9. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-19)10. Instrument brightness control switch

(P.2-42)11. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-

ometer (P.2-7)12. Electric tilting/telescopic steering

wheel switch (if so equipped)(P.3-24)

13. Manual tilting/telescopic steeringwheel lever (if so equipped) (P.3-24)

14. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (leftside)— Audio control steering switch*— Hands-Free Phone System switch*— Voice recognition system switch*

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)— Trip computer switches (P.2-28)— Cruise control switches (if soequipped) (P.5-56)

COCKPIT

— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-58)— Dynamic driver assistance switch(if so equipped) (P.5-30, P.5-37,P.5-79)

16. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-21)*: Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s

Manual.



JVC0427X

1. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-17)2. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)

— Clock (P.2-30)3. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)4. Center ventilator (P.4-2)5. Automatic climate control system*

6. Upper touch screen display (upperdisplay)* and Navigation system (if soequipped)*

7. Lower touch screen display (lowerdisplay)*

8. Rear window and outside mirror

defroster switch (P.2-36)9. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P.1-42)10. Hood release handle (P.3-18)11. Fuse box cover (P.8-22)12. Parking brake (P.5-20)13. Seat heater switch (if so equipped)*14. Audio system*15. Trunk release power cancel switch

(P.3-20)16. Glove box (P.2-47)*: Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s

Manual.

INSTRUMENT PANEL

JVC0428X

1. Tachometer (P.2-8)2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-12)3. Speedometer (P.2-7)4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

(P.2-8)5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)6. Fuel gauge (P.2-9)


METERS AND GAUGES


JVM0250X

VQ37VHR ENGINE1. Battery (P.8-15)2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-10)3. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-13)4. Power steering fluid reservoir (if so

equipped) (P.8-13)5. Air cleaner (P.8-19)6. Radiator filler cap (P.8-8)7. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-8)8. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-10)9. Engine drive belt location (P.8-17)10. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-22)11. Window washer fluid reservoir

(P.8-14)

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Warninglight Name Page

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light 2-12

Brake warning light 2-13

Charge warning light 2-13

Forward emergency brakingsystem warning light* 2-13

Low fuel warning light 2-14

Low tire pressure warning light 2-14

Master warning light 2-16

Power steering warning light* 2-16

Seat belt warning light 2-16

Supplemental air bag warninglight 2-16

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light

2-17

Indicatorlight Name Page

ECO drive indicator light 2-17

Exterior light indicator 2-17

Front fog light indicator light 2-17

Front passenger air bag statuslight 2-17

High beam assist indicatorlight* 2-18

High beam indicator light 2-18

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL) 2-18

Security indicator light 2-19

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights 2-19

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator light

2-19

*: if so equipped


WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS


MEMO

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats................................................................... 1-2Front seats ...................................................... 1-3Rear seats....................................................... 1-5Armrest ........................................................... 1-7

Head restraints/headrests ................................... 1-8Adjustable headrestraint/headrest components........................ 1-9Non-adjustable headrestraint/headrest components........................ 1-9Remove ........................................................... 1-9Install............................................................ 1-10Adjust ........................................................... 1-10

Seat belts.......................................................... 1-12Precautions on seat belt usage ..................... 1-12Pregnant women ........................................... 1-14Injured persons ............................................. 1-14Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function(front seats) (if so equipped) ......................... 1-14Three-point type seat belt ............................. 1-15Seat belt extenders ....................................... 1-21Seat belt maintenance................................... 1-21

Child safety ....................................................... 1-22Infants........................................................... 1-23Small children ............................................... 1-23Larger children .............................................. 1-23

Child restraints ................................................. 1-24Precautions on child restraints..................... 1-24Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH)............................................ 1-26Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH................................................. 1-28Rear-facing child restraint installation usingthe seat belts .............................................. 1-30Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH................................................. 1-33Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts..................................... 1-35Installing top tether strap ............................ 1-38Booster seats .............................................. 1-39

Supplemental restraint system.......................... 1-42Precautions on supplementalrestraint system........................................... 1-42INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)................................................. 1-47Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag systems ..................... 1-52Seat belts with pretensioners (front seats).... 1-54Supplemental air bag warning labels........... 1-55Supplemental air bag warning light ............. 1-55Repair and replacement procedure............... 1-56

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0133

WARNING

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and receive neckor other serious injuries. You could alsoslide under the lap belt and receiveserious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in the

seat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly. See “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).

. Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowinglyactivate switches or controls. Unat-tended children could become involvedin serious accidents.

. The seatback should not be reclinedfurther than necessary for comfort. Seatbelts are most effective when the pas-senger sits well back and straight up inthe seat. If the seatback is reclined, therisk of sliding under the lap belt and

being injured is increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be surenot to contact any moving parts to avoidpossible injuries and/or damages.

SEATS

FRONT SEATS

Front power seat adjustmentOperating tips:

. The power seat motor has an auto-resetoverload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 sec-onds, then reactivate the switch.

. Do not operate the power seat switchfor a long period of time when theengine is off. This will discharge thebattery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” (P.3-29)for the seat position memory function (if soequipped).

SSS1051

Forward and backward:

Moving the switch*1 forward or backwardwill slide the seat forward or backward tothe desired position.

Reclining:

Move the recline switch *2 backward untilthe desired angle is obtained. To bring theseatback forward again, move the switch*2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help obtainproper seat belt fit. (See “Precautions onseat belt usage” (P.1-12).) Also, the seat-

back can be reclined to allow occupants torest when the vehicle is parked.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3


SSS1052

Seat lifter:

Push the front or rear end of the switch upor down to adjust the angle of the frontportion or height of the seat.

SSS1053

Type A

Lumbar support (if so equipped):

The lumbar support feature provides lowerback support to the driver.

Type A

Push the front or back end of the switch toadjust the seatback lumbar area.

SSS0836

Type BType B

Move the lever*1 up or down to adjust theseatback lumbar area.

JVR0186X

Side support (if so equipped):

The side support feature allows to adjustthe torso supports. Push the switch inside*1 or outside *2 to adjust the torso area.

SSS1057

Thigh extension (if so equipped):

The front portion of the front seats can beextended forward for seating comfort. Pullup and hold the lever *1 to extend thefront portion to the desired position.

Heated seats (if so equipped)The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on theinstrument panel can be operated inde-pendently of each other.

For details, see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.

REAR SEATS

Folding (if so equipped)

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in the trunkor on the rear seat when it is in the fold-down position. Use of these areas bypassengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in anaccident or sudden stop.

. Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

. When returning the seatbacks to theupright position, be certain they arecompletely secured in the latched posi-tion. If they are not completely secured,passengers may be injured in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

. Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from play-ing and becoming locked in the trunkwhere they could be seriously injured.Keep the car locked, with the rear



seatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.

JVR0195X

The rear seatback can be folded accordingto the following procedure.

Before folding the seatback:

. Disconnect and stow the center seatbelt and tongue into the retractor base.(See “Rear center seat belt (modelswith rear seat folding)” (P.1-18).)

. Always reconnect the center seat beltwhen the seat is returned to the uprightposition.

. Remove drink containers from the rearcup holder.

To fold the seatback:

1. Open the trunk lid.

2. Pull the strap located on the left andright side of the trunk. The rear seat-back will be unlatched.

3. Fold the rear seatback down.

To return the seatback:

1. Fold up the rear seatback.

2. Securely lock the seatback in position.

SSS1061

ARMREST

Rear armrestPull the armrest forward until it is hor-izontal.

JVR0187X

Trunk pass-throughThe rear center seatback can be folded toallow trunk access from inside of thevehicle.

To access the trunk, pull down the rearcenter armrest and pull out the trunk pass-through lid *1 .

To lock the lid, use the mechanical key andturn it to the LOCK position *2 . To unlock,turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCKposition*3 . For the mechanical key usage,see “Keys” (P.3-2).

Make sure that the mechanical key isremoved from the trunk pass-through lid

key cylinder before opening or closing thelid. Otherwise the lid and the rear armrestmay be damaged.



WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection against injuryin certain rear end collisions. Adjustablehead restraint/headrest must be adjustedproperly, as specified in this section. Checkthe adjustment after someone else uses theseat. Do not attach anything to the headrestraint/headrest stalks or remove thehead restraint/headrest. Do not use theseat if the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved. If the head restraint/headrest wasremoved, reinstall and properly adjust thehead restraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position. Failure to followthese instructions can reduce the effective-ness of the head restraint/headrest. Thismay increase the risk of serious injury ordeath in a collision.

JVR0089X

The illustration shows the seating posi-tions equipped with head restraint/head-rest.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a head restraint.

Indicates the seating position isequipped with a headrest.

+ indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or head-rest.

. Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be inte-grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

. Adjustable head restraints/headrestshave multiple notches along the stalkto lock them in a desired adjustmentposition.

. The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

. Proper Adjustment:— For the adjustable type, align the

head restraint/headrest so the cen-ter of your ear is approximately levelwith the center of the head re-straint/headrest.

— If your ear position is still higherthan the recommended alignment,place the head restraint/headrest atthe highest position.

. If the head restraint/headrest has beenremoved, ensure that it is reinstalledand locked in place before riding in thatdesignated seating position.

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

SSS0992

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

JVR0203X

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE-STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

SSS1037

REMOVEUse the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest.

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up tothe highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrestfrom the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loosein the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupant



uses the seating position.

SSS1038

INSTALL1. Align the head restraint/headrest

stalks with the holes in the seat. Makesure that the head restraint/headrest isfacing the correct direction. The stalkwith the adjustment notch *1 must beinstalled in the hole with the lock knob*2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and pushthe head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

SSS0997

ADJUSTFor adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears.If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

JVR0259X

For non-adjustable head restraint/head-rest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest ispositioned so the lock knob is engaged inthe notch before riding in that designatedseating position.

SSS1035

RaiseTo raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


SSS1036

LowerTo lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.




PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGEIf you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet on thefloor, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severity ofinjury may be greatly reduced. INFINITIstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0136A

SSS0134A

SEAT BELTS

SSS0016

SSS0014

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appro-priate, in a child restraint.

. The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entirerestraint system and increase the chanceor severity of injury in an accident.Serious injury or death can occur if theseat belt is not worn properly.

. Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverrun the belt behind your back, underyour arm or across your neck. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off your shoulder.

. Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

. Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

. Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its effec-tiveness.

. Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

. Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

. If the seat belt warning light glowscontinuously while the ignition is turnedON with all doors closed and all seatbelts fastened, it may indicate a mal-function in the system. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

. No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material or installdevices that may change the seat beltrouting or tension. Doing so may affectthe operation of the seat belt system.Modifying or tampering with the seatbelt system may result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Once a seat belt pretensioner hasactivated, it cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.See an INFINITI retailer.

. Removal and installation of the preten-sioner seat belt system components



should be done by an INFINITI retailer.

. All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision by anINFINITI retailer. INFINITI recommendsthat all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced unlessthe collision was minor and the beltsshow no damage and continue to oper-ate properly. Seat belt assemblies not inuse during a collision should also beinspected and replaced if either damageor improper operation is noted.

. All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after anycollision. Always follow the restraintmanufacturer’s inspection instructionsand replacement recommendations. Thechild restraints should be replaced ifthey are damaged.

PREGNANT WOMENINFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should beworn snug, and always position the lapbelt as low as possible around the hips,not the waist, and place the shoulder beltover your shoulder and across your chest.

Never run the lap/shoulder belt over yourabdominal area. Contact your doctor forspecific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONSINFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

PRE-CRASH SEAT BELTS WITH COM-FORT FUNCTION (front seats) (if soequipped)The pre-crash seat belt tightens the seatbelt with a motor to help restrain front seatoccupants. This helps reduce the risk ofinjury in a collision.

The motor retracts the seat belt under thefollowing emergency conditions:

. During emergency braking.

. During sudden steering maneuvers.

. Activation of the forward emergencybraking system. (See “Forward emer-gency braking system” (P.5-89).)

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen:

. The seat belt is not fastened.

. The vehicle speed is under 10 MPH (15km/h) during emergency braking.

. The vehicle speed is under 19 MPH (30km/h) during sudden steering maneu-vers.

The pre-crash seat belt will not be activewhen the brake pedal is not depressedexcept when sudden steering maneuversoccur and the forward emergency brakingsystem activates.

The motor also retracts the seat belt whenthe seat belt is fastened or unfastened.When the seat belt is fastened, the motortightens the seat belt for a snug fit. Whenthe seat belt is unfastened, the motorretracts the seat belt. If the seat belt is notfully retracted, the motor retracts the seatbelt when the door is opened.

Always wear your seat belt correctly and situpright and well back.

If the motor cannot retract the seat beltwhen the seat belt is fastened or unfas-tened, it may indicate the pre-crash seatbelt system has a malfunction. Have yourINFINITI retailer check and repair thesystem.

When the seat belt is retracted repeatedlyin a short period of time, the motor may

not be able to retract the seat belt. After afew minutes, the motor normally reacti-vates and retracts the seat belt. If the seatbelt still cannot be retracted by the motor,the pre-crash seat belt system has amalfunction. Have your INFINITI retailercheck and repair the system.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WARNING

. Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.

. Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and receive neckor other serious injuries. You could alsoslide under the lap belt and receiveserious internal injuries.

. For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat with both feet on the floor andadjust the seat belt properly.

JVR0256X

Models with rear seat folding

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions are equippedwith Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. For the center of the rearseat on the models with rear seat folding,the connector tongue *1 may also be

released. Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool (such as a key) intothe connector buckle *A . If the seat beltcan not be unbuckled or is already un-buckled, release the child by cutting theseat belt with a suitable tool (such as aknife or scissors) to release the seat belt.



SSS0292

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).)

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of theretractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage.. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact.A slow pulling motion permits thebelt to move, and allows you somefreedom of movement in the seat.

. If the seat belt cannot be pulledfrom its fully retracted position,firmly pull the belt and release it.

Then smoothly pull the belt out ofthe retractor.

SSS0290

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The three-point type seat belts have twomodes of operation:

. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

. Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend andretract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat.

The ELR locks the seat belt when thevehicle slows down rapidly or duringimpacts.

The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode (child restraint mode) locks the seatbelt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated the seatbelt cannot be extended again until theseat belt tongue is detached from thebuckle and fully retracted. The seat beltreturns to the ELR mode after the seat beltfully retracts. For additional information,see “Child restraints” (P.1-24).

The ALR mode should be used only forchild restraint installation. During normalseat belt use by an occupant, the ALRmode should not be activated. If it isactivated, it may cause uncomfortable seatbelt tension.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat seatbacks are completely secured inthe latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

SSS0326

Unfastening the seat beltsTo unfasten the seat belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operationSeat belt retractors are designed to lockseat belt movement by two separatemethods:

. When the belt is pulled quickly from theretractor.

. When the vehicle slows down rapidly.To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

. Grasp the shoulder belt and pullforward quickly. The retractor shouldlock and restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck or if you have any question aboutseat belt operation, see an INFINITI retailer.



SSS1084

Center of rear seatThe center seat belt buckle is identified bythe CENTER mark *A . The center seat belttongue can be fastened only into the centerseat belt.

JVR0257X

Rear center seat belt (models withrear seat folding)The rear center seat belt has a seat belttongue *1 and a connector tongue *2 .Both the connector tongue and the seatbelt tongue must be securely latched forproper seat belt operation.

SSS0241

WARNING

. Always fasten the connector tongue andthe seat belt in the order shown.

. Always make sure both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue aresecured when using the seat belt orinstalling a child restraint. Do not usethe seat belt or child restraint with onlythe seat belt tongue attached. This couldresult in serious personal injury in caseof an accident or a sudden stop.

JVR0196X

Stowing rear center seat belt:

When folding down the rear seat, the rearcenter seat belt can be retracted into astowed position as follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue *1 so thatthe seat belt does not retract suddenlywhen the tongue is released from the

connector buckle. Release the connec-tor tongue by inserting a suitable toolsuch as key *A into the connectorbuckle.

2. Then secure the connector tongue intothe retractor base *2 .

WARNING

. Do not unfasten the rear center seat beltconnector except when folding down therear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seat beltconnector, be certain that the seatbacksare completely secured in the latchedposition and the rear center seat beltconnector is completely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connector andthe seatbacks are not secured in thecorrect position, serious personal injurymay result in an accident or suddenstop.

JVR0197X

Attaching rear center seat belt:

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckle areattached. Disconnect only when foldingdown the rear seat.



To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from theretractor base *2 .

2. Pull the seat belt and secure theconnector buckle until it clicks *3 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the ! and ~mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue canbe attached only into the rear center seatbelt connector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening theseat belts” (P.1-16).

WARNING

. Do not unfasten the rear center seat beltconnector except when folding down therear seat.

. When attaching the rear center seat beltconnector, be certain that the seatbacksare completely secured in the latchedposition and the rear center seat beltconnector is completely secured.

. If the rear center seat belt connector andthe seatbacks are not secured in thecorrect position, serious personal injury

may result in an accident or suddenstop.

SSS0294A

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats)The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. (See“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1-12).)

To adjust, push the button *A , and thenmove the shoulder belt anchor to thedesired position, so that the belt passesover the center of the shoulder. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off of your shoulder. Releasethe adjustment button to lock the shoulderbelt anchor into position.

WARNING

. After adjustment, release the adjustmentbutton and try to move the shoulder beltanchor up and down to make sure it issecurely fixed in position.

. The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERSIf, because of body size or driving position,it is not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an extenderthat is compatible with the installed seatbelts is available that can be purchased.The extender adds approximately 8 in (200mm) of length and may be used for eitherthe driver or front passenger seatingposition. See an INFINITI retailer for assis-tance with purchasing an extender if anextender is required.

WARNING

. Only INFINITI seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, should beused with the INFINITI seat belts.

. Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use anextender. Such unnecessary use couldresult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

. Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE. To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then, wipe with a cloth andallow the seat belts to dry in the shade.Do not allow the seat belts to retractuntil they are completely dry.

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, the seat

belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

. Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts or otherdamage on the webbing is found, theentire seat belt assembly should bereplaced.



JVR0256X


WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions are equippedwith Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck with the ALRmode activated, the child can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the seat belt retracts andbecomes tight. This can occur even if thevehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt torelease the child. For the center of the rearseat on the models with rear seat folding,the connector tongue *1 may also be

released. Release the connector tongue byinserting a suitable tool (such as a key) intothe connector buckle *A . If the seat beltcan not be unbuckled or is already un-buckled, release the child by cutting theseat belt with a suitable tool (such as aknife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, includ-ing doctors, teachers, government trafficsafety offices, and community organiza-tions. Every child is different, so be sure tolearn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of childrestraint systems:

. Rear-facing child restraint

. Forward-facing child restraint

. Booster seatThe proper restraint depends on the child’ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 yearand less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should beplaced in rear-facing child restraints. For-ward-facing child restraints are availablefor children who outgrow rear-facing child

restraints and are at least 1 year old.Booster seats are used to help position avehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child whocan no longer use a forward-facing childrestraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protection.The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit themproperly. The shoulder belt may come tooclose to the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. In anaccident, an improperly fitting seat beltcould cause serious or fatal injury. Alwaysuse appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and smallchildren. See “Child restraints” (P.1-24).

A child restraint may be secured in thevehicle by using either the LATCH (LowerAnchor and Tethers for CHildren) system orwith the vehicle seat belt. See “Childrestraints” (P.1-24) for more information.

CHILD SAFETY

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.Studies show that children are safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat than inthe front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint sys-tem (Air bag system) for the front passen-ger. See “Supplemental restraint system”

(P.1-42).

INFANTSInfants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear-facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants be placedin child restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation anduse.

SMALL CHILDRENChildren that are over 1 year old and weighat least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain in arear-facing child restraint as long aspossible up to the height or weight limitof the child restraint. Children who outgrowthe height or weight limit of the rear-facing

child restraint and are at least 1 year oldshould be secured in a forward-facing childrestraint with a harness. Refer to themanufacturer’s instructions for minimumand maximum weight and height recom-mendations. INFINITI recommends thatsmall children be placed in child restraintsthat comply with Federal Motor VehicleSafety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehi-cle Safety Standards. You should choose achild restraint that fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDRENChildren should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until theyreach the maximum height or weight limitallowed by the child restraint manufac-turer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, INFINITI recommendsthat the child be placed in a commerciallyavailable booster seat to obtain properseat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly,the booster seat should raise the child sothat the shoulder belt is properly posi-tioned across the chest and the top,middle portion of the shoulder. The

shoulder belt should not cross the neckor face and should not fall off the shoulder.The lap belt should lie snugly across thelower hips or upper thighs, not the abdo-men.

A booster seat can only be used in seatingpositions that have a three-point type seatbelt. The booster seat should fit the vehicleseat and have a label certifying that itcomplies with Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards or Canadian Motor VehicleSafety Standards. Once the child hasgrown so the shoulder belt is no longeron or near the face and neck, and the lapbelt can be positioned properly across thelower hips or upper thighs, use the seatbelt without the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo area.The child could be seriously injured or killedin a sudden stop or collision.



SSS0099

SSS0100

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE-STRAINTS

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings andinstructions for proper use and installa-tion of child restraints could result inserious injury or death of a child or otherpassengers in a sudden stop or collision:

— The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow allof the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions for installation and use.

— Infants and children should never beheld on anyone’s lap. Even thestrongest adult cannot resist theforces of a collision.

— Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.

— INFINITI recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rearseat. Studies show that children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a forward-facing childrestraint in the front seat, see “For-

ward-facing child restraint installa-tion using the seat belts” (P.1-35).

— Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the frontseat. An inflating air bag couldseriously injure or kill a child. Arear-facing child restraint must onlybe used in the rear seat.

— Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle.Some child restraints may not fitproperly in your vehicle.

— Child restraint anchor points aredesigned to withstand loads fromchild restraints that are properlyfitted.

— Never use the anchor points foradult seat belts or harnesses.

— A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

— Keep seatbacks as upright as pos-sible after fitting the child restraint.

— Infants and children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate childrestraint while in the vehicle.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

. When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose objects can injure occu-pants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle canbecome very hot. Check the seating surfaceand buckles before placing a child in thechild restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint anchor system, referred toas the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren) system. Some child restraintsinclude rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to theseanchors.

For details, see “Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren System (LATCH)” (P.1-26).

If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts canbe used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints

for infants and small children of varioussizes. When selecting any child restraint,keep the following points in mind:

. Choose only a restraint with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the child restraint in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

. If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the childrestraint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated. Canadian law requires thetop tether strap on forward-facing childrestraints be secured to the designatedanchor point on the vehicle.

JVR0188X


SSS0567

Models without rear seat folding



Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren System (LATCH)Your vehicle is equipped with specialanchor points that are used with the LATCH(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)system compatible child restraints. Thissystem may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. Withthis system, you do not have to use avehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation of childrestraints could result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

. Attach LATCH system compatible childrestraints only at the locations shown inthe illustration.

. Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH lower anchors. The child restraintwill not be secured properly.

. Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor area.Feel to make sure there are no obstruc-tions over the anchors such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushion material. Thechild restraint will not be securedproperly if the lower anchors are ob-structed.

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The childrestraint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

SSS0840


SSS0637

Models without rear seat folding

LATCH lower anchor locationThe LATCH anchors are located at the rearof the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to helpyou locate the LATCH anchors.

SSS0643

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachmentsLATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchorslocated at certain seating positions in yourvehicle. With this system, you do not haveto use a vehicle seat belt to secure thechild restraint. Check your child restraintfor a label stating that it is compatible withLATCH. This information may also be in theinstructions provided by the child restraintmanufacturer.

SSS0644

LATCH rigid-mounted attachmentThe child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing child restraints withthe LATCH lower anchor attachments orseat belts. (See “Installing top tetherstrap” (P.1-38).)

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.



JVR0258X

Top tether anchor point locationsAnchor points are located on the rearparcel shelf.

If you have any questions when installinga top tether strap child restraint on therear seat, consult an INFINITI retailer fordetails.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to attach

adult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The childrestraint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING LATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0648

Rear-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

SSS0649

Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2

SSS0639

Rear-facing — step 3

3. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

SSS0650

Rear-facing — step 44. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint or try installingby using the vehicle seat belt (if



applicable). Not all child restraints fit inall types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeat steps1 through 4.

SSS0100

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN-STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failureto use the ALR mode will result in thechild restraint not being properly se-cured. The restraint could tip over or beloose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-

senger air bag. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).

. When installing a child restraint systemin the rear center position, both thecenter seat belt connector tongue andbuckle tongue must be secured (formodels with rear seat folding). See“Rear center seat belt (models with rearseat folding)” (P.1-18).

SSS0100

Rear-facing — step 1Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” (P.1-22) and “Child re-straints” (P.1-24) before installing a childrestraint.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltsin the rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the restraint man-ufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0654

Rear-facing — step 22. Route the seat belt tongue through the

child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructionsfor belt routing.

SSS0655

Rear-facing — step 33. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the EmergencyLocking Retractor (ELR) mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.



SSS0656

Rear-facing — step 44. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on

the shoulder belt to remove any slackin the belt.

SSS0657

Rear-facing — step 55. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling upon the seat belt.

SSS0658

Rear-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the childrestraint is properly secured prior toeach use. If the seat belt is not locked,repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING LATCHRefer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCHsystem:


SSS0645

Forward-facing web-mounted — step 22. Secure the child restraint anchor at-

tachments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point. See “Installing toptether strap” (P.1-38). Do not installchild restraints that require the use of atop tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

SSS0646

Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 23. The back of the child restraint should

be secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint to obtain the correct childrestraint fit. If the head restraint isremoved, store it in a secure place. Besure to reinstall the head restraintwhen the child restraint is removed.See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8)for head restraint adjustment informa-tion.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint and it is



interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating positionor a different child restraint.

SSS0647

Forward-facing — step 44. For child restraints that are equipped

with webbing-mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your knee to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

SSS0638

Forward-facing — step 66. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the LATCH attach-ment path. The child restraint shouldnot move more than 1 inch (25 mm),from side to side. Try to tug it forwardand check to see if the LATCH attach-ment holds the restraint in place. If therestraint is not secure, tighten theLATCH attachment as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe child restraint is loose, repeat steps1 through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINTINSTALLATION USING THE SEATBELTS

WARNING

. The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failureto use the ALR mode will result in thechild restraint not being properly se-cured. The restraint could tip over or beloose and cause injury to a child in asudden stop or collision. Also, it canchange the operation of the front pas-senger air bag. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).

. When installing a child restraint systemin the rear center position, both thecenter seat belt connector tongue andbuckle tongue must be secured (formodels with rear seat folding). See“Rear center seat belt (models with rear

seat folding)” (P.1-18).

SSS0640

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) —step 1

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec-tions before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the vehicle seatbelt in the rear seats or in the frontpassenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Childrestraints for infants must be used inthe rear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.




The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect child restraint fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, storeit in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint or headrest whenthe child restraint is removed. See“Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) forhead restraint or headrest adjustment,removal and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrestand it is interfering with the properchild restraint fit, try another seatingposition or a different child restraint.

SSS0360B

Forward-facing — step 33. Route the seat belt tongue through the

child restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel the latchengage. Be sure to follow the childrestraint manufacturer’s instructionsfor belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with atop tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap to thetether anchor point (rear seat installa-tion only). See “Installing top tetherstrap” (P.1-38). Do not install childrestraints that require the use of a toptether strap in seating positions that donot have a top tether anchor.

SSS0651

Forward-facing — step 44. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to Emergency LockingRetractor (ELR) mode when the seat beltis fully retracted.

SSS0652

Forward-facing — step 55. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on

the shoulder belt to remove any slackin the belt.

SSS0653

Forward-facing — step 66. Remove any additional slack from the

seat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according tothe manufacturer’s instructions to re-move any slack.

SSS0641

Forward-facing — step 88. After attaching the child restraint, test

it before you place the child in it. Pushit from side to side while holding thechild restraint near the seat belt path.The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check tosee if the belt holds the restraint inplace. If the restraint is not secure,tighten the seat belt as necessary, orput the restraint in another seat andtest it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all childrestraints fit in all types of vehicles.



9. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. Ifthe seat belt is not locked, repeat steps2 through 8.

JVR0192X

Forward-facing — step 1010. If the child restraint is installed in the

front passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status lightshould illuminate. If this light is notilluminated, see “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49). Movethe child restraint to another seatingposition. Have the system checked byan INFINITI retailer.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

JVR0258X

INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The childrestraint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

First, secure the child restraint with theLATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seatpositions only) or the seat belt, as applic-able.

1. Flip up the anchor cover from theanchor point which is located directlybehind the child seat.

2. If necessary, raise or remove the headrestraint or headrest to position the toptether strap over the top of the seat-back. If the head restraint or headrestis removed, store it in a secure place.Be sure to reinstall the head restraint orheadrest when the child restraint isremoved.

See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for head restraint or headrestadjustment, removal and installationinformation.

Position the top tether strap over thetop of the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point on the rear parcel shelf.

4. Refer to the appropriate child restraintinstallation procedure steps in thissection before tightening the tetherstrap.

If you have any questions when installinga top tether strap, consult your INFINITIretailer for details.

BOOSTER SEATS

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injured ina sudden stop or collision greatly increases:

. Make sure the shoulder portion of thebelt is away from the child’s face andneck and the lap portion of the belt doesnot cross the stomach.

. Make sure the shoulder belt is notbehind the child or under the child’sarm.

. A booster seat must only be installed ina seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

LRS0455

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the following pointsin mind:

. Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

. Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with thevehicle’s seat and seat belt system.



LRS0453

. Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the booster seator vehicle seat. The seatback must be ator above the center of the child’s ears.For example, if a low back booster seat*1 is chosen, the vehicle seatbackmust be at or above the center of thechild’s ears. If the seatback is lowerthan the center of the child’s ears, ahigh back booster seat *2 should beused.

LRS0464

. If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the boosterseat is compatible with your child.Always follow all recommended proce-dures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seatsor the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the“Child safety”, “Child restraints” and“Booster seats” sections earlier in thissection before installing a child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seatin the rear seat or in the front passengerseat:

SSS0640

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a forward-facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

LRS0454

Front passenger position3. The booster seat should be positioned

on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint or headrest to obtain thecorrect booster seat fit. If the headrestraint or headrest is removed, storeit in a secure place. Be sure to reinstallthe head restraint or headrest whenthe booster seat is removed. See “Headrestraints/headrests” (P.1-8) for headrestraint or headrest adjustment, re-moval and installation information.

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint or headrest

and it is interfering with the properbooster seat fit, try another seatingposition or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Besure to follow the booster seat manu-facturer’s instructions for adjusting theseat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to take upextra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt ispositioned across the top, middle por-tion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions andinstructions for properly fastening aseat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-12).



JVR0192X

7. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, push the ignitionswitch to the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light mayor may not illuminate depending on thesize of the child and the type of boosterseat used. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEMThis Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the following systems:

. Driver and passenger front-impact sup-plemental air bags (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact sup-plemental air bag

. Seat belt with pretensionerSupplemental front-impact air bag system:The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front passengerin certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system canhelp cushion the impact force to the chestand pelvis area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side impact collisions.The side air bag is designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system canhelp cushion the impact force to the head

of occupants in front and rear outboardseating positions in certain side impactcollisions. The curtain air bags are de-signed to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and passengerseat belts and are not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and door fin-ishers. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-12) forinstructions and precautions on seat beltusage.)

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about7 seconds if the systems are operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

SSS0131B

SSS0132B

WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will notinflate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity frontalcollision. Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

. The front passenger air bag will notinflate if the passenger air bag statuslight is lit or if the front passenger seatis unoccupied. See “Front passenger airbag and status light” (P.1-49).

. The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat with bothfeet on the floor. The front air bagsinflate with great force. Even with theINFINITI advanced air bag system, if youare unrestrained, leaning forward, sit-ting sideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also receiveserious or fatal injuries from the front airbag if you are up against it when itinflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far-away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instrument



panel. Always use the seat belts.

. The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheAdvanced Air Bag System monitors theseverity of a collision and seat beltusage then inflates the air bags asneeded. Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

. The front passenger seat is equippedwith occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) that turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF under someconditions. These sensors are only usedin this seat. Failure to be properly seatedand wearing the seat belt can increasethe risk or severity of injury in anaccident. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P.1-49).

. Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk of injury if the front air bag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

. Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain air bags inflate if theyare not properly restrained. Pre-teensand children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat, if possible.

. Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, never install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingfront air bag could seriously injure or killyour child. See “Child restraints” (P.1-24) for details.

SSS0059A

SSS0188A



SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemen-tal air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bags:

. The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event ofa frontal impact, rear impact, rollover orlower severity side collision. Alwayswear your seat belts to help reduce therisk or severity of injury in various kindsof accidents.

. The seat belts, side air bags and curtain

air bags are most effective when you aresitting well back and upright in the seat.The side air bag and curtain air baginflate with great force. Do not allowanyone to place their hand, leg or facenear the side air bag on the side of theseatback of the front seat or near theside roof rails. Do not allow anyonesitting in the front seats or rear outboardseats to extend their hand out of thewindow or lean against the door. Someexamples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the previous illustrations.

. When sitting in the rear seat, do nothold onto the seatback of the front seat.If the supplemental side air bag inflates,you may be seriously injured. Be espe-cially careful with children, who shouldalways be properly restrained. Someexamples of dangerous riding positionsare shown in the illustrations.

. Do not use seat covers on the frontseatbacks. They may interfere with sideair bag inflation.

JVR0249X

1. Crash zone sensor2. Supplemental front air bag modules

(INFINITI Advanced Air Bags)3. Front seat-mounted side-impact sup-

plemental air bags4. Occupant classification sensors

(weight sensors)

5. Occupant classification system con-trol unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bags

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag inflators

8. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)9. Satellite sensors10. Seat belts with pretensioners11. Lap outer pretensioners

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS-TEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s Advanced Air Bag System, observe thefollowing items.

. Do not allow a passenger in the rear seatto push or pull on the seatback pocket.

. Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint or in the seatback pocket.

. Do not store luggage behind the seatthat can press into the seatback.

. Confirm the operating condition with thefront passenger air bag status light.

. If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating inaccordance with the above description,please take your vehicle to your INFINITIretailer to check the passenger seatadvanced air bag system.



. Until you have confirmed with yourretailer that your passenger seat Ad-vanced Air Bag System is workingproperly, position the occupants in therear seating positions.

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system isdesigned to meet certification require-ments under U.S. regulations. It is alsopermitted in Canada. All of the informa-tion, cautions and warnings in this manualstill apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of the steeringwheel. The front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag is mounted in theinstrument panel above the glove box. Thefront air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity frontal collisions, althoughthey may inflate if the forces in anothertype of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity frontal impact. They maynot inflate in certain frontal collisions.Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper front air bagoperation.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System has

dual stage air bag inflators. The systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle switches and the occupantclassification sensors (weight sensors).Inflator operation is based on the severityof a collision and seat belt usage for thedriver. For the front passenger, the occu-pant classification sensors are also mon-itored. Based on information from thesensors, only one front air bag may inflatein a crash, depending on the crash severityand whether the front occupants are beltedor unbelted. Additionally, the front pas-senger air bag may be automatically turnedOFF under some conditions, depending onthe information provided by the occupantclassification sensors. If the front passen-ger air bag is OFF, the passenger air bagstatus light will be illuminated (if the seatis unoccupied, the light will not beilluminated, but the air bag will be off).(See “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P.1-49) for further details.) One frontair bag inflating does not indicate improperperformance of the system.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, contact an INFINITI retailer. Ifyou are considering modification of your

vehicle due to a disability, you may alsocontact an INFINITI retailer. Contact infor-mation is contained in the front of thisOwner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be takennot to inhale it, as it may cause irritationand choking. Those with a history of abreathing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occupants.They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflating frontair bag may cause facial abrasions or otherinjuries. Front air bags do not providerestraint to the lower body.

Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright as faras practical away from the steering wheelor instrument panel. The front air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect thefront occupants. Because of this, the forceof the front air bag inflating can increasethe risk of injury if the occupant is too

close to, or is against, the air bag moduleduring inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about7 seconds if the system is operational.

JVR0192X

Front passenger air bag and statuslight

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat, seatbelt and child restraints is necessary formost effective protection. Failure to followall instructions in this manual concerningthe use of seats, seat belts and childrestraints can increase the risk or severity

of injury in an accident.

Status light:

The front passenger air bag status lightis located on the instrument panel.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the front passenger air bag statuslight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off or illuminates depending onthe front passenger seat occupied status.The light operates as follows:

. Unoccupied passenger seat: The isOFF and the front passenger air bag isOFF and will not inflate in a crash.

. Passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The illumi-nates to indicate that the frontpassenger air bag is OFF and will notinflate in a crash.

. Occupied passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions outlined inthis section: The light is OFF toindicate that the front passenger airbag is operational.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle is



operated under some conditions as de-scribed below as permitted by U.S. regula-tions. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,it will not inflate in a crash. The driver airbag and other air bags in your vehicle arenot part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, byrequiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF.

The occupant classification sensors(weight sensors) are on the seat cushionframe under the front passenger seat andare designed to detect an occupant andobjects on the seat. For example, if a childis in the front passenger seat, the Ad-vanced Air Bag System is designed to turnthe passenger air bag OFF in accordancewith the regulations. Also, if a childrestraint of the type specified in theregulations is on the seat, the occupantclassification sensor can detect it andcause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat beltas outlined in this manual should notcause the passenger air bag to be auto-

matically turned OFF. For small adults itmay be turned OFF, however, if theoccupant does not sit in the seat properly(for example, by not sitting upright, bysitting on an edge of the seat, or byotherwise being out of position), this couldcause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.Always be sure to be seated and wearingthe seat belt properly for the most effectiveprotection by the seat belt and supple-mental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. INFINITI also recommends that appro-priate child restraints and booster seats beproperly installed in a rear seat. If this isnot possible, the occupant classificationsensors are designed to operate as de-scribed above to turn the front passengerair bag OFF for specified child restraints.Failing to properly secure child restraintsand to use the ALR mode (child restraintmode) may allow the restraint to tip ormove in an accident or sudden stop. Thiscan also result in the passenger air baginflating in a crash instead of being OFF.(See “Child restraints” (P.1-24) for properuse and installation.)

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,

the passenger air bag is designed not toinflate in a crash. However, heavy objectsplaced on the seat could result in air baginflation, because of the object beingdetected by the occupant classificationsensor. Other conditions could also resultin air bag inflation, such as if a child isstanding on the seat, or if two children areon the seat, contrary to the instructions inthis manual. Always be sure that you andall vehicle occupants are seated andrestrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light,you can monitor when the front passengerair bag is automatically turned OFF with theseat occupied. The light will not illuminatewhen the front passenger seat is unoccu-pied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illumi-nated (indicating that the air bag is OFF), itcould be that the person is a small adult,or is not sitting on the seat properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the passenger air bag status lightmay or may not be illuminated, dependingon the size of the child and the type ofchild restraint being used. If the passengerair bag status light is not illuminated

(indicating that the air bag might inflate ina crash), it could be that the child restraintor seat belt is not being used properly.Make sure that the child restraint isinstalled properly, the seat belt is usedproperly and the occupant is positionedproperly. If the passenger air bag statuslight is still not illuminated, reposition theoccupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light will notilluminate even though you believe that thechild restraint, the seat belts and theoccupant are properly positioned, thesystem may be sensing an unoccupiedseat (in which case the air bag is OFF). YourINFINITI retailer can check that the systemis OFF by using a special tool. However,until you have confirmed with your retailerthat your air bag is working properly,reposition the occupant or child restraintin a rear seat.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andpassenger air bag status light will take afew seconds to register a change in thepassenger seat status. However, if the seatbecomes unoccupied, the air bag statuslight will remain off.

If a malfunction occurs in the frontpassenger air bag system, the supplemen-

tal air bag warning light , located in themeter and gauges area will blink. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

Other supplemental front-impactair bag precautions

WARNING

. Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects maybecome dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bags inflate.

. Do not place objects with sharp edgeson the seat. Also, do not place heavyobjects on the seat that will leavepermanent impressions in the seat. Suchobjects can damage the seat or occupantclassification sensors (weight sensors).This can affect the operation of the airbag system and result in serious perso-nal injury.

. Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classifica-tion sensors. This can also affect the

operation of the air bag system andresult in serious personal injury.

. Immediately after inflation, several frontair bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe air bag system. This is to preventaccidental inflation of the supplementalair bag or damage to the supplementalair bag system.

. Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or front end structure. Thiscould affect proper operation of the frontair bag system.

. Tampering with the air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury. Tamper-ing includes changes to the steeringwheel and the instrument panel assem-bly by placing material over the steeringwheel pad and above the instrumentpanel or by installing additional trimmaterial around the air bag system.

. Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in serious



personal injury.

. Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placingmaterial on the seat cushion or byinstalling additional trim material, suchas seat covers, on the seat that is notspecifically designed to assure properair bag operation. Additionally, do notstow any objects under the front pas-senger seat or the seat cushion andseatback. Such objects may interferewith the proper operation of the occu-pant classification sensors.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe seat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering with theseat belt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

. Work on and around the front air bagsystem should be done by an INFINITIretailer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an INFINITIretailer. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring harnesses* shouldnot be modified or disconnected. Un-authorized electrical test equipment and

probing devices should not be used onthe air bag system.

. A cracked windshield should be replacedimmediately by a qualified repair facility.A cracked windshield could affect thefunction of the supplemental air bagsystem.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front airbag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

SSS0521

FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG ANDROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE-IM-PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG SYS-TEMSThe side air bags are located in the outsideof the seatback of the front seats. Thecurtain air bags are located in the side roofrails. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual still apply andmust be followed. The side air bags andcurtain air bags are designed to inflate inhigher severity side collisions, althoughthey may inflate if the forces in another

type of collision are similar to those of ahigher severity side impact. They aredesigned to inflate on the side where thevehicle is impacted. They may not inflate incertain side collisions on the side wherethe vehicle is impacted.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not alwaysan indication of proper supplemental sideair bag and curtain side-impact air bagoperation.

When side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,followed by release of smoke. This smokeis not harmful and does not indicate a fire.Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Thosewith a history of a breathing conditionshould get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest and pelvis of the front occupants.Curtain air bags help to cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in the frontand rear outboard seating positions. Theycan help save lives and reduce seriousinjuries. However, an inflating side air bagsand curtain air bags may cause abrasionsor other injuries. Side air bags and curtainair bags do not provide restraint to the

lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seatedupright as far as practical away from theside air bag. Rear seat passengers shouldbe seated as far away as practical from thedoor finishers and side roof rails. The sideair bags and curtain air bags inflate quicklyin order to help protect the occupants.Because of this, the force of the side airbags and curtain air bags inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, these air bagmodules during inflation. The side air bagsand curtain air bags will deflate quicklyafter the collision is over.

The side air bags and curtain air bagsoperate only when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

After pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warn-ing light illuminates. The air bag warninglight will turn off after about 7 seconds ifthe systems are operational.

WARNING

. Do not place any objects near theseatback of the front seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella, bag,etc.) between the front door finisher andthe front seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifside air bag inflates.

. Right after inflation, several side airbags and curtain air bag system compo-nents will be hot. Do not touch them;you may severely burn yourself.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofside air bag and curtain air bags. This isto prevent damage to or accidentalinflation of the side air bag and curtainair bag systems.

. Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or side panel. This couldaffect proper operation of the side airbag and curtain air bag systems.

. Tampering with the air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the front seatsby placing material near the seatback or



by installing additional trim material,such as seat covers, around the side airbags.

. Work around and on the side air bag andcurtain air bag systems should be doneby an INFINITI retailer. Installation ofelectrical equipment should also bedone by an INFINITI retailer. The Supple-mental Restraint System (SRS) wiringharnesses* should not be modified ordisconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the side-impactair bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectorsare yellow and orange for easyidentification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner’s Manual.

SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS(front seats)

WARNING

. The pretensioners cannot be reused afteractivation. They must be replaced to-gether with the retractor and buckle as aunit.

. If the vehicle becomes involved in acollision but a pretensioner is notactivated, be sure to have the preten-sioner system checked and, if necessary,replaced by an INFINITI retailer.

. No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthe pretensioners. This is to preventdamage to or accidental activation of thepretensioner system. Tampering with thepretensioner system may result in ser-ious personal injury.

. Work around and on the pretensionersshould be done by an INFINITI retailer.Installation of electrical equipmentshould also be done by an INFINITIretailer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.

. If you need to dispose of the preten-sioner or scrap the vehicle, contact anINFINITI retailer. Correct pretensionerdisposal procedures are set forth in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.Incorrect disposal procedures couldcause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions. Working with the seatbelt retractor, it helps tighten the seat beltwhen the vehicle becomes involved incertain types of collisions, helping torestrain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are used thesame way as conventional seat belts.

When a pretensioner seat belt activates,smoke is released and a loud noise may beheard. The smoke is not harmful, and itdoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it as it may causeirritation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against the

chest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in the

pretensioner system. (See “Supplementalair bag warning light” (P.1-55) for moredetails.) If the operation of the supple-mental air bag warning light indicatesthere is a malfunction, have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the seat beltpretensioners and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’s Man-ual.

SSS1016

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag systems are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SRS air bagThe warning labels *1 are located on thesurface of the sun visors.

SPA1097

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHTThe supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits for the air bagsystems, pretensioners and all relatedwiring.

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds andthen turns off. This means the SRS air bagsystems are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, theair bag and/or pretensioner systems need



servicing:

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-onds.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the air bag orpretensioner systems may not operateproperly. They must be checked andrepaired. Take your vehicle to the nearestINFINITI retailer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensionersystems will not operate in an accident. Tohelp avoid injury to yourself or others, haveyour vehicle checked by a retailer as soon aspossible.

REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCE-DUREThe front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags and pretensioners are designed toactivate on a one-time-only basis. As areminder, unless it is damaged, the sup-plemental air bag warning light will remainilluminated after inflation has occurred.Repair and replacement of these systemsshould be done only by an INFINITI retailer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain air bags, pretensioners and relatedparts should be pointed out to the personconducting the maintenance. The ignitionswitch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

WARNING

. Once a front air bag, side air bag, orcurtain air bag has inflated, the air bagmodule will not function again and mustbe replaced. Additionally, the activatedpretensioner must also be replaced. Theair bag module and pretensioner shouldbe replaced by an INFINITI retailer. The

air bag module and pretensioner systemcannot be repaired.

. The front air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag and the pretensioner system shouldbe inspected by an INFINITI retailer ifthere is any damage to the front end orside portion of the vehicle.

. If you need to dispose of the supple-mental air bag or pretensioner or scrapthe vehicle, contact an INFINITI retailer.Correct supplemental air bag and seatbelt pretensioner system disposal pro-cedures are set forth in the appropriateINFINITI Service Manual. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause personalinjury.

MEMO


2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ................................................................ 2-3Instrument panel ................................................. 2-5Meters and gauges.............................................. 2-6

Speedometer and odometer ............................ 2-7Tachometer...................................................... 2-8Engine coolant temperature gauge .................. 2-8Fuel gauge ...................................................... 2-9

Compass (if so equipped) .................................... 2-9Zone variation change procedure................... 2-11

Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders ............................................. 2-12

Checking bulbs.............................................. 2-12Warning lights............................................... 2-12Indicator lights .............................................. 2-17Audible reminders ......................................... 2-19

Vehicle information display................................ 2-20Indicators for operation ................................. 2-22Indicators for maintenance ............................ 2-25Trip computer................................................ 2-28Clock and outside air temperature................. 2-30

Security systems ............................................... 2-30Vehicle Security System ................................ 2-31INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System .............. 2-32

Windshield wiper and washer switch................. 2-33Rain-sensing auto wiper system (ifso equipped) ............................................... 2-35

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ................................................ 2-36Headlight and turn signal switch....................... 2-36

Headlight switch.......................................... 2-36Turn signal switch........................................ 2-42Fog light switch ........................................... 2-42

Horn ................................................................. 2-43Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch......... 2-43Power outlet ..................................................... 2-44Ashtray (if so equipped).................................... 2-44

Rear............................................................. 2-44Storage............................................................. 2-45

Cup holders................................................. 2-45Soft bottle holder ........................................ 2-46Sunglasses holder ....................................... 2-46Glove box .................................................... 2-47Console box................................................. 2-47Card holder.................................................. 2-47Storage box................................................. 2-48Coat hooks .................................................. 2-48Trunk hooks................................................. 2-48

>

Windows ........................................................... 2-49Power windows ............................................. 2-49

Moonroof (if so equipped) ................................. 2-51Automatic moonroof ...................................... 2-52

Interior lights..................................................... 2-53Map lights..................................................... 2-53Console light (if so equipped)........................ 2-54Personal lights .............................................. 2-54Interior light control switch............................ 2-54

Vanity mirror lights............................................ 2-55Trunk light......................................................... 2-56Courtesy light .................................................... 2-56

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (ifso equipped)..................................................... 2-56

Programming HomeLink®............................. 2-57Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers........................ 2-59Operating the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver ................................... 2-59Programming troubleshooting...................... 2-59Clearing the programmed information.......... 2-60Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button....................................... 2-60If your vehicle is stolen ............................... 2-60

JVC0426X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-2)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch (P.2-36)3. Steering wheel

— Horn (P.2-43)

— Driver supplemental air bag(P.1-42)— Heated steering wheel* (if soequipped)— Steering system (P.5-104)

4. Windshield wiper and washer switch(P.2-33)

5. Hazard warning flasher switch (P.6-2)6. Shift lever (P.5-15)7. INFINITI controller*8. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P.2-43, P.5-108)9. Trunk lid release switch (P.3-19)10. Instrument brightness control switch

(P.2-42)11. TRIP/RESET switch for twin trip od-

ometer (P.2-7)12. Electric tilting/telescopic steering

wheel switch (P.3-24)13. Manual tilting/telescopic steering

wheel lever (P.3-24)14. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left

side)— Audio control steering switch*— Hands-Free Phone System switch*— Voice recognition system switch*

15. Steering-wheel-mounted controls(right side)— Trip computer switch (P.2-28)— Cruise control switches (if soequipped) (P.5-56)— Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)switches (if so equipped) (P.5-58)

Instruments and controls 2-3

COCKPIT

2-4 Instruments and controls

— Dynamic driver assistance switch(if so equipped) (P.5-30, P.5-37,P.5-79)

16. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (P.5-21)*: Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s

Manual.

JVC0427X

1. Paddle shifter (if so equipped) (P.5-17)2. Meters and gauges (P.2-6)

— Clock (P.2-30)3. Push-button ignition switch (P.5-10)4. Center ventilator (P.4-2)5. Automatic climate control system*

6. Upper touch screen display (upperdisplay)* and Navigation system* (ifso equipped)

7. Lower touch screen display (lowerdisplay)*

8. Rear window and outside mirror

defroster switch (P.2-36)9. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P.1-42)10. Hood release handle (P.3-18)11. Fuse box cover (P.8-22)12. Parking brake (P.5-20)13. Seat heater switch* (if so equipped)14. Audio system*15. Trunk release power cancel switch

(P.3-20)16. Glove box (P.2-47)*: Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s

Manual.


INSTRUMENT PANEL


JVC0428X

1. Tachometer* (P.2-8)2. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-12)3. Speedometer* (P.2-7)4. Engine coolant temperature gauge*

(P.2-8)5. Vehicle information display (P.2-20)/

Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-7)6. Fuel gauge* (P.2-9)

*: The needle indicators may move slightlyafter the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position. This is not a malfunction.

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampenedwith water. Never use a rough cloth,alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratch orcause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as water onthe meter lens. Spraying liquid maycause the system to malfunction.

METERS AND GAUGES

JVI0636X

Speedometer

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

SpeedometerThe speedometer indicates vehicle speedin miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers perhour (km/h).

JVI0637X

Odometer/twin trip odometer

Odometer/twin trip odometerThe odometer *1 and twin trip odometer*2 are displayed in the vehicle informationdisplay when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer records the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the dis-tance of individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch *3 underthe combination meter panel changes thedisplay as follows:

TRIP A ? TRIP B ? TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch*3 for morethan 1 second resets the trip odometer tozero.



JVI0638X

TACHOMETERThe tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (RPM). Do not revthe engine into the red zone *1 .

The scale length and the red zone vary withthe engine model.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear or reduce enginespeed. Operating the engine in the red zonemay cause serious engine damage.

JVI0639X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGEThe gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature.

The engine coolant temperature is withinthe normal range when the gauge needlepoints within the zone *1 shown in theillustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and drivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature is near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed todecrease the temperature. If the gauge isover the normal range, stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible and let the engineidle. If the engine is overheated, continuedoperation of the vehicle may seriouslydamage the engine. See “If your vehicleoverheats” (P.6-12) for immediate actionrequired.

JVI0640X

FUEL GAUGEThe gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly duringbraking, turning, acceleration, or going upor down hills.

The gauge needle returns to “0” (Empty)after the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gaugeregisters “0” (Empty).

The low fuel warning light illuminateson the meter when the fuel level is gettinglow. Refuel as soon as it is convenient,

preferably before the gauge reaches “0”.There will be a small reserve of fuel in thetank when the fuel gauge needle reaches“0”.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the right side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

. If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible.After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected by an INFINITI retailer.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).

SIC3181

When the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the compass display *B willindicate the direction of the vehicle’sheading.

If the display reads “C”, calibrate thecompass by driving the vehicle in 3complete circles at less than 5 MPH (8


COMPASS (if so equipped)


km/h). You can also calibrate the compassby driving your vehicle on your everydayroute. The compass will be calibrated onceit has tracked 3 complete circles.

To turn on and off the compass manually,push the switch *A while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

SIC0611B

Zone map

ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE-DUREThe difference between magnetic north andgeographical north is known as variance.In some areas, this difference can some-times be great enough to cause falsecompass readings. Follow these instruc-tions to set the variance for your particularlocation if this happens:

1. Push the switch for more than 3seconds. The current zone number willappear in the display.

2. Find your current location and variancenumber on the zone map.

3. Push the switch repeatedly untilthe new zone number appears in thedisplay, then release the switch. Afteryou release the switch, the display willshow a compass direction within a fewseconds.. If the compass deviates from the

correct indication soon after re-peated adjustment, have the com-pass checked at an INFINITI retailer.

. The compass may not indicate thecorrect compass point in tunnels orwhile driving up or down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correct

compass point when the vehiclemoves to an area where the geo-magnetism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

. Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect theoperation of the compass.

. When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampened withglass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleanerdirectly on the mirror as it may cause theliquid cleaner to enter the mirror hous-ing.



Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight Power steering warning light* High beam assist indicator light*

Brake warning lightSeat belt warning light and chime High beam indicator light

Supplemental air bag warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Charge warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light Security indicator light

Forward emergency braking system warninglight* ECO drive indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Low fuel warning light Exterior light indicator Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicatorlight

Low tire pressure warning light Front fog light indicator light

Master warning light Front passenger air bag status light *: if so equipped

CHECKING BULBSWith all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake and push the ignition switch to theON position without starting the engine.The following lights will come on (if soequipped):

, or , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly andthen go off (if so equipped):

, or , , , ,

If any light does not come on, it mayindicate a burned-out bulb or an opencircuit in the electrical system. Have the

system checked by an INFINITI retailer.

Some indicators and warnings are alsodisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play between the speedometer and tach-ometer. (See “Vehicle information display”(P.2-20).)

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS) warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light illuminates and thenturns off. This indicates the ABS is opera-tional.

If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running, or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked by an

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS

INFINITI retailer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake systemthen operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake system” (P.5-106).)

or Brake warning lightThis light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light comes on when theparking brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brakefluid level. If the light comes on while theengine is running with the parking brakenot applied, stop the vehicle and performthe following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. If brakefluid is necessary, add fluid and havethe system checked by your INFINITIretailer. (See “Brake fluid” (P.8-13).)

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released andthe brake fluid level is sufficient, if boththe brake warning light and the Anti-lockBraking System (ABS) warning light illumi-nate, it may indicate the ABS is notfunctioning properly. Have the brake sys-tem checked, and if necessary repaired, byan INFINITI retailer promptly. (See “Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light”(P.2-12).)

WARNING

. Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If you judgeit to be safe, drive carefully to thenearest service station for repairs.Otherwise, have your vehicle towedbecause driving it could be dangerous.

. Pressing the brake pedal with theengine stopped and/or low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greaterpedal effort as well as pedal travel.

. If the brake fluid level is below the

minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluidreservoir, do not drive until the brakesystem has been checked at an INFINITIretailer.

Charge warning lightIf the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternatorbelt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing orif the light remains on, see an INFINITIretailer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the alternator beltis loose, broken or missing.

Forward emergency brakingsystem warning light (if soequipped)This light illuminates when the forwardemergency braking system is set to OFF onthe lower display.

If the light illuminates when the forwardemergency braking system is ON, it may



indicate that the system is unavailable.See “Forward emergency braking system”

(P.5-89) for more details.

Low fuel warning lightThis light illuminates when the fuel in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches the 0 (empty) position.

There will be a small reserve of fuelremaining in the tank when the fuel gaugereaches the 0 position.

Low tire pressure warninglightYour vehicle is equipped with a TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) thatmonitors the tire pressure of all tiresexcept the spare tire (if so equipped).

The low tire pressure warning light warnsof low tire pressure and flat tire orindicates that the TPMS is not functioningproperly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningalso appears in the vehicle informationdisplay.

When the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates, you should stop and adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tire andLoading Information label. The low tirepressure warning light does not automati-cally turn off when the tire pressure isadjusted. After the tire is inflated to therecommended pressure, the vehicle mustbe driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off thelow tire pressure warning light. Use a tirepressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningis active as long as the low tire pressurewarning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P.2-20), “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P.6-3).

Run-flat tire warning:

The run-flat tire warning warns of a flat tire.

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the low tire pressurewarning light will illuminate continuouslyand a chime will sound for 10 seconds. A“Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire and the warninglight will illuminate continuously. When theflat tire warning is activated, have thesystem reset and the tire checked, andreplaced if necessary, by an INFINITIretailer. Even if the tire is inflated to thespecified COLD tire pressure, the warninglight will continue to illuminate until thesystem is reset, by an INFINITI retailer.

Your vehicle can be driven for a limitedtime on a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” (P.6-4).

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Thelight will remain on after the 1 minute.Have the system checked by an INFINITI

retailer. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning does not appear if the low tirepressure warning light illuminates to in-dicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).

WARNING

. Radio waves could adversely affectelectric medical equipment. Those whouse a pacemaker should contact theelectric medical equipment manufacturerfor the possible influences before use.

. If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch pushed ON, have thevehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer assoon as possible.

. If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occurand may lead to an accident and could

result in serious personal injury. Checkthe tire pressure for all four tires. Adjustthe tire pressure to the recommendedCOLD tire pressure shown on the Tireand Loading Information label to turnthe low tire pressure warning light OFF. Ifthe light still illuminates while drivingafter adjusting the tire pressure, a tiremay be flat. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a spare tire (if soequipped).

. Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident andpersonal injury. Also, driving a longdistance at high speeds may damagethe tires.

. Do not drive at speeds above 50 MPH(80 km/h) and do not drive more thanapproximately 93 miles (150 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actual dis-tance the vehicle can be driven on a flattire depends on outside temperature,vehicle load, road conditions and otherfactors.

. If you detect any unusual sounds orvibrations while driving with a puncturedrun-flat tire, pull off the road to a safe

location and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. The tire may be seriouslydamaged and need to be replaced.

. When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after the 1minute. Contact your INFINITI retailer assoon as possible for tire replacementand/or system resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

. The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

. If the vehicle is being driven at speeds ofless than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMSmay not operate correctly.

. Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.



Master warning lightWhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the master warning light illumi-nates if any of the following warningsappear in the vehicle information display:

. No key warning

. PUSH warning

. Key ID Incorrect warning

. Low washer fluid warning

. Door/trunk open warning

. Loose fuel cap warning

. Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning

. Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning

. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning (if soequipped)

. Headlight warning

. Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)warning (if so equipped)

. Intelligent Key system warning

. Chassis control warningSee “Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).

If the driver assist system warnings appearin the vehicle information display, themaster warning light also illuminates. See“Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system”

(P.5-30), “Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot

InterventionTM/Back-up Collision Interven-tion systems” (P.5-37), “Distance ControlAssist (DCA) system” (P.5-79), “Forwardemergency braking system” (P.5-89) and“Predictive forward collision warning sys-tem” (P.5-94).

Power steering warning light(if so equipped)When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the power steering warning lightilluminates. After starting the engine, thepower steering warning light turns off. Thisindicates that Direct Adaptive Steering isoperational.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate Direct Adaptive Steering is notfunctioning properly and may need servi-cing. Have Direct Adaptive Steeringchecked by an INFINITI retailer. (See “DirectAdaptive Steering type” (P.5-104).)

Seat belt warning light andchimeThe light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is pushed to the ONposition, and will remain illuminated until

the driver’s seat belt is fastened. At thesame time, the chime will sound for about6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

The seat belt warning light for the frontpassenger will illuminate if the seat belt isnot fastened when the front passenger’sseat is occupied.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-12) for precautionson seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warninglightAfter pushing the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight will illuminate. The supplemental airbag warning light will turn off after about 7seconds if the supplemental front air bagand supplemental side air bag, curtainside-impact air bag systems and/or pre-tensioner seat belt are operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thesupplemental front air bag, supplementalside air bag, supplemental curtain side-impact air bag and pretensioner seat beltneeds servicing and your vehicle must betaken to your nearest INFINITI retailer.

. The supplemental air bag warning lightremains on after approximately 7 sec-

onds.. The supplemental air bag warning light

flashes intermittently.. The supplemental air bag warning light

does not come on at all.Unless checked and repaired, the Supple-mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre-tensioner seat belt may not functionproperly.

For additional information, see “Supple-mental restraint system” (P.1-42).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the supplementalfront air bag, supplemental side air bag,curtain side-impact air bag systems and/orpretensioner seat belt will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked by aretailer as soon as possible.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning lightThe light will blink when the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) system or the

traction control system is operating, thusalerting the driver that the vehicle isnearing its traction limits. The road surfacemay be slippery.

When the VDC warning light illuminateswhen the VDC system is turned on, thislight alerts the driver to the fact that theVDC system’s fail-safe mode is operating,for example the VDC, active trace controlfunction, Brake Force Distribution or hillstart assist system may not be functioningproperly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer. If a malfunction occurs inthe system, the VDC system function willbe canceled but the vehicle is still drive-able. For additional information, see “Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5-108).

INDICATOR LIGHTS

ECO drive indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is pushed to theON position, the light will come on andthen turn off.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector isturned to the ECO mode, the ECO driveindicator light will illuminate, blink orremain off depending on the acceleratorpedal operation to help assist the driver to

drive economically. For more details, see“ECO mode” (P.5-22).

Exterior light indicatorThis indicator illuminates when the head-light switch is turned to the AUTO, or

position and the front parking lights,instrument panel lights, rear combinationlights, license plate lights or headlights areon. The indicator turns off when theselights are turned off.

Front fog light indicator lightThe front fog light indicator light illumi-nates when the front fog lights are on. (See“Fog light switch” (P.2-42).)

Front passenger air bag statuslightThe front passenger air bag status light( ) located on the instrument panel willbe lit and the passenger front air bag willbe OFF depending on how the frontpassenger seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem (front seats)” (P.1-47).



High beam assist indicatorlight (if so equipped)The indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with thehigh beam selected. This indicates that thehigh beam assist system is operational.(See “High beam assist” (P.2-38).)

High beam indicator lightThis light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when the lowbeam is selected.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)If the malfunction indicator light comes onsteady or blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential emis-sion control malfunction.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap is looseor missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel.Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap isinstalled and closed tightly, and that thevehicle has at least 3 US gallons (11.4liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential

emission control system malfunction ex-ists.

If this indicator light remains on for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for anemission control system inspection/main-tenance test. (See “Readiness for Inspec-tion/Maintenance (I/M) test (US only)” (P.9-22).)

Operation:

The malfunction indicator light will comeon in one of two ways:

. Malfunction indicator light on steady —

An emission control system malfunc-tion has been detected. Check the fuel-filler cap if the Loose Fuel Cap warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play. If the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have thevehicle inspected by an INFINITI retai-ler. You do not need to have yourvehicle towed to the retailer.

. Malfunction indicator light blinking —

An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emission con-trol system.To reduce or avoid emission controlsystem damage:1) Do not drive at speeds above 45

MPH (72 km/h).2) Avoid hard acceleration or decelera-

tion.3) Avoid steep uphill grades.4) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.The malfunction indicator light maystop blinking and remain on.Have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI retailer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the retailer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without havingthe emission control system checked andrepaired as necessary could lead to poordriveability, reduced fuel economy, andpossible damage to the emission controlsystem.

Security indicator lightThe light blinks when the ignition switch isin the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemequipped on the vehicle is operational.

If the security system is malfunctioning,this light will remain on while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position. For additionalinformation, see “Security systems” (P.2-30).

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlightsThe light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)off indicator lightThe light comes on when the VehicleDynamic Control (VDC) off switch is pushedto OFF. This indicates that the VDC systemand traction control system are not operat-ing.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chimeA chime will sound if the driver side door isopened while the ignition switch is pushedto the ACC position. Make sure the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position, andtake the Intelligent Key with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chimeA chime will sound when the driver sidedoor is opened with the light switch in the

or position and the ignition switchin the ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Turn the light switch off when you leave thevehicle.

Parking brake reminder chimeThe parking brake reminder chime willsound if the vehicle is driven at more than4 MPH (7 km/h) with the parking brakeapplied. Stop the vehicle and release theparking brake.

Brake pad wear warningThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in

motion. This scraping sound will first occuronly when the brake pedal is depressed.After more wear of the brake pad, thesound will always be heard even if thebrake pedal is not depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewarning sound is heard.



JVI0641X

The vehicle information display *1 islocated between the tachometer and thespeedometer, and it displays the warningsand information. The following items arealso displayed if the vehicle is equippedwith them:

. Automatic Transmission (AT)— “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-15)

. All-Wheel Drive (AWD)— “Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)”

(P.5-101). Cruise control

— “Cruise control” (P.5-56)

. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)— “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-

tem” (P.5-58). Active Lane Control

— “Active Lane Control” (P.5-24). Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane

Departure Prevention (LDP) system— “Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys-

tem/Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) system” (P.5-30)

. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)/Blind SpotInterventionTM (BSI)/Back-up CollisionIntervention (BCI) systems— “Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot

InterventionTM/Back-up Collision In-tervention systems” (P.5-37)

. Distance Control Assist (DCA) system— “Distance Control Assist (DCA) sys-

tem” (P.5-79). Forward emergency braking system

— “Forward emergency braking sys-tem” (P.5-89)

. Predictive forward collision warningsystem— “Predictive forward collision warn-

ing system” (P.5-94). Active trace control

— “Active trace control” (P.5-110). Intelligent Key system

— “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6)

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

JVI0682M



INDICATORS FOR OPERATION

1. Engine start operation indicatorThis indicator appears when the shift leveris in the P (Park) position.

This indicator means that the engine willstart by pushing the ignition switch withthe brake pedal depressed. You can startthe engine directly in any position of theignition switch.

2. NO KEY warningThe warning appears when the door isclosed with the Intelligent Key left outsidethe vehicle and the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Make sure that theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6) formore details.

3. SHIFT “P” warningThis warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed to stop the engine withthe shift lever in any position except the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position or push theignition switch to the ON position.

An inside warning chime will also sound.

(See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13).)

4. “PUSH” warningThis warning appears when the shift leveris moved to the P (Park) position with theignition switch in the ACC position after theSHIFT “P” warning appears.

To push the ignition switch to the OFFposition, perform the following procedure:

. SHIFT “P” warning ? (Move the shiftlever to “P”) ? PUSH warning ? (Pushthe ignition switch ? ignition switchposition is turned to ON) ? PUSHwarning ? (Push the ignition switch ?ignition switch position is turned toOFF)

5. Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace thebattery with a new one. (See “IntelligentKey battery replacement” (P.8-24).)

6. Engine start operation for Intel-ligent Key system indicatorThis indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power and

when the Intelligent Key System andvehicle are not communicating normally.

If this indicator appears, touch the ignitionswitch with the Intelligent Key whiledepressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli-gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-13).)

7. Key ID Incorrect warningThe warning appears when the ignitionswitch is pushed from the LOCK positionand the Intelligent Key cannot be recog-nized by the system. You cannot start theengine with an unregistered key. Use theregistered Intelligent Key.

See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6).

8. Parking brake release warningThis warning appears when the vehiclespeed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) and theparking brake is applied.

9. Low fuel warningThis warning appears when the fuel level inthe tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as itis convenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches the empty (0) position.

There is a small reserve of fuel remainingin the tank when the fuel gauge reachesthe empty (0) position.

10. Low washer fluid warningThis warning appears when the washertank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluidas necessary. (See “Window washer fluid”(P.8-14).)

11. Door/trunk open warningThis warning appears if any of the doorsand/or the trunk lid are open or not closedsecurely. The vehicle icon indicates whichdoor or the trunk lid is open on the display.

12. Intelligent Key system warningThis warning appears if there is a malfunc-tion in the Intelligent Key system.

If this warning appears while the engine isstopped, the engine cannot be started. Ifthis warning appears while the engine isrunning, the vehicle can be driven. How-ever, contact an INFINITI retailer for repairas soon as possible.

13. Loose Fuel Cap warningThis warning appears when the fuel-fillercap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. (See “Fuel-filler

cap” (P.3-22).)

14. Tire Pressure Low - Add AirwarningThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and low tire pressure is detected.The warning appears each time the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position as longas the low tire pressure warning lightremains illuminated. If this warning ap-pears, stop the vehicle and adjust thepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. (See “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-14) and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).)

15. Flat Tire - Visit dealer warningThis warning appears when the low tirepressure warning light in the meter illumi-nates and one or more flat tires aredetected while driving. A chime alsosounds for approximately 10 seconds.(See “Low tire pressure warning light”(P.2-14) and “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” (P.5-4).)

16. Low oil pressure warningThis warning appears if low engine oilpressure is detected. If the warningappears during normal driving, pull offthe road in a safe area, stop the engineimmediately and call an INFINITI retailer orother authorized repair shop.

The low oil pressure warning is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Usethe dipstick to check the oil level. (See“Engine oil” (P.8-10).)

17. All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning(if so equipped)This warning appears when the IntelligentAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) system is notfunctioning properly while the engine isrunning. (See “Intelligent All-Wheel Drive(AWD)” (P.5-101).)

18. Extended storage fuse warningThis warning may appear if the extendedstorage fuse switch is not pushed in(switched on). When this warning appears,push in (switch on) the extended storagefuse switch to turn off the warning. Formore information, see “Extended storagefuse switch” (P.8-23).



19. Headlight warningThis warning appears if the LED headlightsare malfunctioning. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

20. Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) warning (if so equipped)This warning appears when the AdaptiveFront lighting System (AFS) is not function-ing properly. Have the system checked byan INFINITI retailer.

(See “Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)”(P.2-41).)

21. Power will turn off to save thebattery warningThis warning appears after a period of timeif the shift lever has not moved from the“P” (Park) position with the ignition switchin the ACC or ON position.

22. Power turned off to save thebattery warningThis warning appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned OFF to savethe battery.

23. Light reminder warningThis warning appears when the driver sidedoor is opened with the headlight switch isleft ON and the ignition switch is placed inthe ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Place theheadlight switch to “OFF” or “AUTO”position. For additional information, see“Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-36).

24. “TIMER” indicatorThis indicator appears when the set“TIMER” indicator activates. You can setthe time for up to 6 hours. (See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.)

25. Low outside temperature warn-ingThis warning appears if the outside tem-perature is below 378F (38C). The warningcan be set not to be displayed. (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)

26. Chassis control warningThis warning appears if Active Lane Control(if so equipped), the active trace controlsystem and/or chassis control are notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer. (See “ActiveLane Control” (P.5-24), “Active trace con-

trol” (P.5-110) and “Chassis control” (P.5-112).)

27. Cruise indicatorModels without Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system:

This indicator shows the cruise controlsystem status. The status is shown by thecolor.

See “Cruise control” (P.5-56) for details.

Models with Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system:

This indicator shows the conventional(fixed speed) cruise control mode status.The status is shown by the color.

See “Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode” (P.5-74) for details.

28. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system ON indicator (if soequipped)This indicator shows the Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system status. The status isshown by the color. (See “Intelligent CruiseControl (ICC) system” (P.5-58).)

29. Driver assist system indicator(if so equipped)This indicator shows the status of thefollowing systems.

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

. Blind Spot InterventionTM (BSI)

. Distance Control Assist (DCA)

. Forward emergency braking

. Predictive forward collision warningFor more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) system” (P.5-30), “BlindSpot Warning (BSW) system/Blind SpotInterventionTM (BSI) system” (P.5-37), “Dis-tance Control Assist (DCA) system” (P.5-79), “Forward emergency braking system”

(P.5-89) and “Predictive forward collisionwarning system” (P.5-94).

The figure and color of this indicator willchange depending on the conditions of theabove systems. (In each section, the nameof this indicator is referred to as, “driverassist system lane indicator”, “driverassist system blind spot indicator” or“driver assist system forward indicator”depending on the systems.)

30. INFINITI Drive Mode SelectorindicatorWhen a driving mode is selected using theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the selectedmode indicator is displayed.

. PERSONAL

. SPORT

. STANDARD

. ECO

. SNOW(See “INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).)

31. Automatic Transmission (AT)position indicatorThis indicator shows the automatic shiftposition.

In the manual shift mode, when thetransmission does not shift to the selectedgear due to a transmission protectionmode, the AT position indicator will blinkand a chime will sound.

See “Automatic transmission” (P.5-15) forfurther details.

JVI0681M

INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCEFor setting the indicators for maintenance,see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.



1. Engine oil and filter replacementindicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for changing the engine oiland filter. You can set or reset the distancefor changing the engine oil and filter.

2. Tire replacement indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset distance comes for replacing tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingtires.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not asubstitute for regular tire checks, includingtire pressure checks. See “Changing wheelsand tires” (P.8-38). Many factors includingtire inflation, alignment, driving habits androad conditions affect tire wear and whentires should be replaced. Setting the tirereplacement indicator for a certain drivingdistance does not mean your tires will lastthat long. Use the tire replacement indicatoras a guide only and always perform regulartire checks. Failure to perform regular tirechecks, including tire pressure checks couldresult in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage

could occur and may lead to a collision,which could result in serious personal injuryor death.

3. Other indicatorThis indicator appears when the customerset time comes for replacing items otherthan the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Youcan set or reset the distance for replacingthe items.

JVI0680M



JVI0642X

TRIP COMPUTERSwitches for the trip computer are locatedon the right side of the steering wheel. Tooperate the trip computer, push theswitches as shown above.

Each time the or switch is pushed,the display will change.

The display items for trip computer arechanged on the lower display. For details,see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.

1. Current fuel consumption andaverage fuel consumption (MPG, l(liter)/100 km or km/l)Current fuel consumption:

The current fuel consumption mode showsthe current fuel consumption.

Average fuel consumption:

The average fuel consumption mode showsthe average fuel consumption since thelast reset. Resetting is done by pushing the

or switch for longer than 1second.

The average fuel consumption is also reseton the lower display. See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.At about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after areset, the display shows “——”.

2. Average speed (MPH or km/h)The average speed mode shows theaverage vehicle speed since the last reset.Resetting is done by pushing the or

switch for longer than 1 second.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.The first 30 seconds after a reset, thedisplay shows “——”.

3. Elapsed time and trip odometer(mile or km)Elapsed time:

The elapsed time mode shows the timesince the last reset. Resetting is done bypushing the or switch for longerthan 1 second. (The trip odometer is alsoreset at the same time.)

Trip odometer:

The trip odometer mode shows the totaldistance the vehicle has been driven sincethe last reset. Resetting is done by pushingthe or switch for longer than 1second. (The elapsed time is also reset atthe same time.)

4. Distance to empty (dte — mile orkm)The distance to empty (dte) mode providesyou with an estimation of the distance thatcan be driven before refueling. The dte isconstantly being calculated, based on theamount of fuel in the fuel tank and theactual fuel consumption.

The display is updated every 30 seconds.

The dte mode includes a low range warningfeature. If the fuel level is low, the warningis displayed on the screen.

When the fuel level drops even lower, thedte display will change to “——”.

. If the amount of fuel added is small, thedisplay just before the ignition switchis pushed to the OFF position maycontinue to be displayed.

. When driving uphill or rounding curves,the fuel in the tank shifts, which maymomentarily change the display.

5. Navigation (if so equipped)When the route guidance is set in thenavigation system, this item shows thenavigation route information.

For more details, see the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual.

6. AudioThe audio mode shows the status of audioinformation.

For more details, see the Infiniti InTouchOwner’s Manual.

7. Driving aids (if so equipped)The driving aids mode shows the operatingcondition for the following systems.

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

. Blind Spot InterventionTM (BSI)

. Distance Control Assist (DCA)

. Forward emergency braking

. Predictive forward collision warningFor more details, see “Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) system/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) system” (P.5-30), “BlindSpot Warning/Blind Spot InterventionTM/Back-up Collision Intervention systems”(P.5-37), “Distance Control Assist (DCA)system” (P.5-79), “Forward emergencybraking system” (P.5-89) and “Predictiveforward collision warning system” (P.5-94).

8. Tire pressureThe tire pressure mode shows the pressureof all four tires while the vehicle is driven.

When the “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” or“Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warning appears,the display can be switched to the tirepressure mode by pushing the orswitch.

The tire pressure unit can be changed inthe [TPMS setting] under the [Settings]menu on the lower display. (See the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.)

9. Chassis controlWhen Active Lane Control (if so equipped)or the active trace control system isoperated, it shows the operating condition.See “Active Lane Control” (P.5-24) and“Active trace control” (P.5-110) for moredetails.

10. Warning checkThe present warnings are displayed. If nowarning is present, “No Warning” is dis-played.



JVI0679M

CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM-PERATUREThe clock *1 and outside air temperature*2 are displayed on the upper side of thevehicle information display.

ClockThe clock can be adjusted on the lowerdisplay. See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual.

Outside air temperature (8F or 8C)The outside air temperature is displayed in8F or 8C in the range of −22 to 1318F (−30to 558C).

The outside temperature sensor is locatedin front of the radiator. The sensor may beaffected by road or engine heat, winddirections and other driving conditions.The display may differ from the actualoutside temperature or the temperaturedisplayed on various signs or billboards.

SIC2132

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems, as follows:

. Vehicle security system

. INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer SystemThe security condition will be shown by thesecurity indicator light.

SECURITY SYSTEMS

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEMThe vehicle security system provides visualand audio alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, hood, or trunk lid when thesystem is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection type system that acti-vates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your Intelligent Key(s) in thevehicle, and always lock it when unat-tended. Be aware of your surroundings,and park in secure, well-lit areas wheneverpossible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and speci-alty shops. Your INFINITI retailer may alsooffer such equipment. Check with yourinsurance company to see if you may beeligible for discounts for various theftprotection features.

SIC2045

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if thewindows are open.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

3. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

4. Close all doors, hood and trunk. Lockall doors. The doors can be locked withthe Intelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, power door lock switch ormechanical key.

5. Confirm that the security indicator lightcomes on. The security indicator lightstays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds thevehicle security system automaticallyshifts into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash once everyapproximately 3 seconds. If, during this30-second pre-arm time period, thedoor is unlocked, or the ignition switchis pushed to ACC or ON, the system willnot arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors, hood, and trunk lid lockedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.When pushing the ignition switchto the ACC or ON position, the system willbe released.

Vehicle security system activationThe vehicle security system will give thefollowing alarm:

. The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

. The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is



tampered with again.The alarm is activated by:

. Unlocking the door or opening the trunklid without using the button on theIntelligent Key, the door handle requestswitch, one touch unlock sensor or themechanical key. (Even if the door isopened by releasing the door insidelock knob, the alarm will activate.)

. Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarmThe alarm will stop by unlocking a door bypushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key, the door handle request switch,touching the one touch unlock sensor orusing the mechanical key. The alarm willnot stop if the ignition switch is pushed tothe ACC or ON position.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by anINFINITI retailer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered Intelligent Key.Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that may

cause undesired operation of the device.

SIC2045

Security indicator lightThe security indicator light is located onthe meter panel. It indicates the status ofthe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.

The light blinks after the ignition switchwas in the LOCK, ACC or OFF position. Thisfunction indicates the security systemsequipped on the vehicle are operational.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemis malfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or theengine will not start, see an INFINITIretailer for INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem service as soon as possible.Please bring all Intelligent Keys that youhave when visiting an INFINITI retailer forservice.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield andobscure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm windshield with the defros-ter before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

. Do not operate the washer if thereservoir tank is empty.

. Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoir


WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


tank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

JVI0737X

Type A

JVI0738X

Type B

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

*1 INT (Type A) — intermittent operationcan be adjusted by turning the knobtoward *A (Slower) or *B (Faster).When the speed sensing wiper inter-val function is turned on, the inter-mittent operation speed varies inaccordance with the vehicle speed.(For example, when the vehicle speedis high, the intermittent operationspeed will be faster.) To turn thisfunction on and off, see the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.

*1 AUTO (Type B) — For models with therain-sensing auto wiper system, see“Rain-sensing auto wiper system”

(P.2-35).

*2 LO — continuous low speed operation

*3 HI — continuous high speed operation

*4 MIST — one sweep operation of thewiper

Pull the lever toward you*5 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

Pulling up the wiper arm:

The wiper arm should be in the up positionwhen replacing the wiper.

To pull up the wiper arm, push up*4 twicewhen the ignition switch is in the OFFposition within 1 minute. The wiper opera-tion stops in mid-operation and the wiperarm can be pulled up.

The shift lever should be in the P (Park)position.

To return the wiper arm, place the wiperarm in the down position and operate thewiper switch once.

CAUTION

Do not operate the windshield wiper whilethe wiper arm is pulled up. The wiper armmay be damaged.

Wiper drip wipe system:

The wiper will also operate once about 3seconds after the washer and wiper areoperated. This operation is to wipe washerfluid that has dripped on the windshield.

JVI0739X

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS-TEM (if so equipped)The rain-sensing auto wiper system canautomatically turn on the wipers andadjust the wiper speed depending on therainfall and the vehicle speed by using therain sensor located on the upper part ofthe windshield.

To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,push the lever down to the AUTO position*1 . The wiper will sweep once while theignition switch is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can beadjusted by turning the knob toward *2

(High) or toward *3 (Low).

. High — High sensitive operation

. Low — Low sensitive operationTo turn the rain-sensing auto wiper systemoff, push up the lever to the OFF position,or pull down the lever to the LO or HIposition.

CAUTION

Do not touch the rain sensor and around itwhen the wiper switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is in theON position. The wipers may operate un-expectedly and cause to an injury or a wiperdamage.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switchis left in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects arestuck on or around the sensor. Thewipers may also operate when exhaustgas or moisture affect the rain sensor.

. The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rainsensor even if it is raining.



. When the windshield glass is coatedwith water repellent, the speed of therain-sensing auto wipers may be high-er even though the amount of therainfall is small.

. Be sure to turn off the rain-sensingauto wiper system when you use a carwash.

. Using genuine wiper blades is recom-mended for proper operation of therain-sensing auto wiper system. (See“Windshield wiper blades” (P.8-20) forwiper blade replacement.) JVI0643X

To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors, start the engine andpush the switch *1 on. The indicator light*2 will come on. Push the switch again toturn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or damagethe rear window defroster.

SIC3267

HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting*1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front parking, side marker, tailand license plate lights will come on.

*2 Turn the switch to the position:Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRRORDEFROSTER SWITCH HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

SIC3268

Autolight systemThe autolight system allows the headlightsto be set so they turn on and offautomatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is in theAUTO position *1 .

2. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, or position.

The autolight system can turn on theheadlights automatically when it is darkand turn off the headlights when it is light.

The headlights will turn on automatically attwilight or in rainy weather (when thewindshield wiper is operated continu-ously).

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is openedand this condition is continued, the head-lights remain on for 5 minutes.

Automatic headlights off delay:

You can keep the headlights on for up to180 seconds after you push the ignitionswitch to OFF and open any door then closeall the doors.

You can adjust the period of the automaticheadlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF)to 180 seconds. The factory default settingis 45 seconds.

For automatic headlights off delay setting,see the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.

SIC3784

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor *1 located on the top of theinstrument panel. The photo sensor con-trols the autolight; if it is covered, thephoto sensor reacts as if it is dark and theheadlights will illuminate.



SIC3269

Headlight beam select*1 To select the low beam, put the lever

in the neutral position as shown.

*2 To select the high beam, push thelever forward while the switch is in the

position. Pull it back to select thelow beam.

*3 Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam even whenthe headlight switch is in the OFFposition.

High beam assist (if so equipped)The high beam assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds ofapproximately 22 MPH (35 km/h) andabove. If an oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle appears in front of your vehiclewhen the headlight high beam is on, theheadlight will be switched to the low beamautomatically.

Precautions on high beam assist:

WARNING

. The high beam assist system is aconvenience but it is not a substitutefor safe driving operation. The drivershould remain alert at all times, ensuresafe driving practices and switch thehigh beams and low beam manuallywhen necessary.

. The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the followingconditions. Switch the high beam andlow beam manually.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,wind, etc.).

— When a light source similar to a

headlight or tail light is in thevicinity of the vehicle.

— When the headlights of the oncom-ing vehicle or the leading vehicle areturned off, when the color of the lightis affected due to foreign materialson the lights, or when the light beamis out of position.

— When there is a sudden, continuouschange in brightness.

— When driving on a road that passesover rolling hills, or a road that haslevel differences.

— When driving on a road with manycurves.

— When a sign or mirror-like surface isreflecting intense light towards thefront of the vehicle.

— When the container, etc. beingtowed by a leading vehicle is reflect-ing intense light.

— When a headlight on your vehicle isdamaged or dirty.

— When the vehicle is leaning at anangle due to a punctured tire, beingtowed, etc.

. The timing of switching the low beamand high beam may change under thefollowing situations.

— The brightness of the headlights ofthe oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

— The movement and direction of theoncoming vehicle and the leadingvehicle.

— When only one light on the oncom-ing vehicle or the leading vehicle isilluminated.

— When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

— Road conditions (incline, curve, theroad surface, etc.).

— The number of passengers and theamount of luggage.

JVI0686X

High beam assist operations:

To activate the high beam assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTOposition *1 and push the lever forward *2(high beam position). The high beam assistindicator light in the meter will illuminatewhile the headlights are turned on.

If the high beam assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, itmay indicate that the system is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 17 MPH (27 km/h), theheadlight remains the low beam.

To turn off the high beam assist system,turn the headlight switch to theposition or select the low beam positionby placing the lever in the neutral position.



JVI0670X

Ambient image sensor maintenance:

The ambient image sensor *1 for the highbeam assist system is located in front ofthe inside mirror. To keep the properoperation of the high beam assist systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sureto observe the following:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install anaccessory near the ambient imagesensor.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the ambient image sensor. Donot touch the sensor lens that is

located on the ambient image sensor.If the ambient image sensor is damageddue to an accident, contact an INFINITIretailer.

Battery saver systemA chime will sound and the light reminderwarning will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display when the driver side door isopened with the light switch in the or

position and the ignition switch in theACC, OFF or LOCK position.

When the headlight switch is in the orposition while the ignition switch is in

the ON position, the lights will automati-cally turn off after a period of time whenthe ignition switch has been pushed to theOFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in theor position after the lights

automatically turn off, the lights will turnon when the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position.

CAUTION

. When you turn on the headlight switchagain after the lights automatically turn

off, the lights will not turn off auto-matically. Be sure to turn the lightswitch to the OFF position when youleave the vehicle for extended periods oftime, otherwise the battery will bedischarged.

. Never leave the light switch on when theengine is not running for a period of timeeven if the headlights turn off automa-tically.

Daytime running light systemThe daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF, AUTO or position.Turn the headlight switch to theposition for full illumination when drivingat night.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytimerunning lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime runninglights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are not on.It is necessary at dusk to turn on yourheadlights. Failure to do so could cause anaccident injuring yourself and others.

Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)will automatically adjust the headlights(low beam) toward the turning direction toimprove the driver’s view. When the head-light switch is ON and the driver operatesthe steering wheel in a turn, the AFSsystem will be activated.

The AFS will operate:

. when the headlight switch is ON.

. when the shift lever is in any positionother than P (Park) or R (Reverse).

. when the vehicle is driven at above 3MPH (5 km/h) for the left-side head-light. Note that the right-side low beamheadlight will swivel but the left-sideheadlight will not swivel when thevehicle is below 3 MPH (5 km/h) and

the steering wheel is turned.AFS will also adjust the headlight to aproper axis automatically, depending onthe number of occupants in the vehicle, theload the vehicle is carrying and the roadconditions.

If the AFS warning appears in the vehicleinformation display after the ignitionswitch has been pushed to the ON posi-tion, this may indicate that the AFS is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer. When theengine is started, the headlights willvibrate to check the system condition. Thisis not a malfunction.

JVI0644X

JVI0661M



Instrument brightness controlThe instrument brightness control switchcan be operated when the ignition switchis in the ON position. When the switch isoperated, the vehicle information displayswitches to the brightness adjustmentmode.

Push the + side of the switch *A tobrighten the instrument panel lights. Thebar *1 moves to the + side.

Push the - side of the switch*B to dim theinstrument panel lights. The bar *1 movesto the − side. When the brightness levelreaches the minimum, the instrumentpanel lights will turn off during the night-time.

When the brightness level reaches themaximum or minimum, a beep will sound.

The vehicle information display returns tothe normal display under the followingconditions:

. when the instrument brightness controlswitch is not operated for more than 5seconds.

. when the or switch on the rightside of the steering switch is pushed.

SIC3271

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

*1 Turn signalMove the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

*2 Lane change signalTo indicate a lane change, move the leverup or down to the point where lights beginflashing.

If the lever is moved back right aftermoving up or down, the light will flash 3times.

SIC3272

FOG LIGHT SWITCHTo turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then turn theswitch to the position. To turn themoff, turn the switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the foglights to operate.

JVI0645X

To sound the horn, push the center padarea of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of the supple-mental front air bag system. Tampering withthe supplemental front air bag system mayresult in serious personal injury.

SIC4336

The vehicle should be driven with theVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system onfor most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine speed willbe reduced even if the accelerator isdepressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator light willilluminate.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn on the system. (See

“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”

(P.5-108).)


HORN VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFFSWITCH


JVI0716X

The power outlets are located in the centerconsole.

CAUTION

. The outlet and plug may be hot during orimmediately after use.

. Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Donot use double adapters or more thanone electrical accessory.

. Use power outlet with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

. Avoid using power outlet when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.

. This power outlet is not designed for usewith a cigarette lighter unit.

. Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug mayoverheat or the internal temperaturefuse may blow.

. Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,be sure the electrical accessory beingused is turned OFF.

. When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water or any liquid tocontact the outlet.

SIC2570

REARTo open the ashtray lid, pull *1 .

To empty the ashtray, push down *2 , andpull out.

POWER OUTLET ASHTRAY (if so equipped)

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.

. Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in anaccident.

JVI0649X

Front

JVI0650X

Rear

Open the lid of the rear armrest to use thecup holder.


STORAGE


JVI0715X

SOFT BOTTLE HOLDER

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about inthe vehicle and possibly injure peopleduring sudden braking or an accident.

. Do not use bottle holder for open liquidcontainers.

JVI0651X

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to prevent an accident.

To open the sunglasses holder, push theholder.

CAUTION

. Do not use for anything other thanglasses.

. Do not leave glasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the glasses.

JVI0763X

GLOVE BOX

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

To open the glove box, pull the handle *1 .

To close, push the lid in until the locklatches.

To lock *2 /unlock *3 the glove box, usethe mechanical key. For the mechanical keyusage, see “Keys” (P.3-2).

JVI0653X

CONSOLE BOXTo open the console box, push up the knob*A and pull up the lid.

To close, push the lid down until latched.

SIC4348

CARD HOLDERThe card holder is located on the driver’s orpassenger’s sun visor.

To use the card holder, slide the card in thecard holder.



JVI0664X

STORAGE BOXTo open, push the storage box lid.

Do not place valuable items in the storagebox.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

SIC3248

COAT HOOKSThe coat hooks are equipped beside therear personal lights.

CAUTION

Do not place items which are more than 2 lb(1 kg) on the hook.

SIC4350

TRUNK HOOKS

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo isproperly secured. Use the suitable ropesand hooks.

. Unsecured cargo can become dangerousin an accident or sudden stop.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb(10 kg) to a single hook.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

. Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc. inside the vehicle while it isin motion and before closing the win-dows. Use the window lock switch toprevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

. Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowinglyactivate switches or controls and be-come trapped in the window. Unat-tended children could become involvedin serious accidents.

The power windows operate when theignition switch is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition switchis pushed to the OFF position. If thedriver’s or front passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the windows is can-celed.

JVI0740X

1. Driver side window2. Front passenger side window3. Rear left passenger side window4. Rear right passenger side window5. Window lock button

Main power window switch (driver’sside)To open or close the window, push down*A or pull up *B the switch and hold it.The main switch (driver side switches) willopen or close all the windows.


WINDOWS


Locking passengers’ windowsWhen the lock button*C is pushed in, onlythe driver side window can be opened orclosed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4353

Passenger side power windowswitchThe passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, push down orpull up the switch and hold it.

SIC4354

Automatic operationTo fully open or close the window, com-pletely push down or pull up the switchand release it; it need not be held. Thewindow will automatically open or close allthe way. To stop the window, just push orlift the switch in the opposite direction.

A light push or pull on the switch will causethe window to open or close until theswitch is released.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehiclebefore closing the window.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the window as it is closing, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the window is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for 45 seconds after theignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

If the windows do not close auto-maticallyIf the power window automatic function(closing only) does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the power window system.


2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by oper-ating the power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and holdit to close the window, and then holdthe switch more than 3 seconds afterthe window is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch.Operate the window by the automaticfunction to confirm the initialization iscomplete.

6. Perform steps 2 through 5 above forother windows.

If the power window automatic functiondoes not operate properly after performingthe procedure above, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI retailer.

WARNING

. In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and child re-straints.

. Do not allow anyone to stand up orextend any portion of their body out ofthe moonroof opening while the vehicleis in motion or while the moonroof isclosing.

CAUTION

. Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

. Do not place any heavy object on themoonroof or surrounding area.


MOONROOF (if so equipped)


AUTOMATIC MOONROOFThe moonroof only operates when theignition switch is in the ON position.

The automatic moonroof is operational forabout 45 seconds, even if the ignitionswitch is pushed to the OFF position. If thedriver’s door or the passenger’s door isopened during this period of about 45seconds, power to the moonroof is can-celed.

JVI0655X

SunshadeThe sunshade will open automaticallywhen the moonroof is opened. However,it must be closed manually.

Tilting the moonroofTo tilt up, first close the moonroof, thenpush the switch to the tilt up position *1and release it; it need not be held. To tiltdown the moonroof, push the switch to thetilt down position *2 .

Sliding the moonroofTo fully open or close the moonroof, pushthe switch to the open *2 or close *1

position and release it; it need not be held.The roof will automatically open or close allthe way. To stop the roof, push the switchonce more while it is opening or closing.

Operating moonroof with IntelligentKey (if so equipped)The moonroof can be opened by pushingthe UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key.This function will not operate while themoonroof timer is activated or when themoonroof need to be initialized. For detailsabout the Intelligent Key button usage, see“How to use remote keyless entry system”

(P.3-15).

Opening:

To open the sunroof, push the UNLOCKbutton on the Intelligent Key for about 3seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the button.

Auto reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehiclebefore closing the moonroof.

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the moonroof when it is closing,the moonroof will be immediately opened.

The auto reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof is closed by automaticoperation when the ignition switch is in theON position or for about 45 seconds afterthe ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

If the moonroof cannot be closed auto-matically when the auto reverse functionactivates due to a malfunction, push andhold the moonroof switch to the closeposition *1 .

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroof

occurs.

If the moonroof does not operateIf the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initi-alize the moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully byrepeatedly pushing the moonroofswitch to the close position *1 to tiltthe moonroof up.

2. Push and hold the switch to the closeposition *1 .

3. Release the moonroof switch after themoonroof moves slightly up and down.

4. Push and hold the switch to the openposition *2 to fully tilt the moonroofdown.

5. Check if the moonroof switch operatesnormally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above, haveyour vehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer.

JVI0656X

MAP LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.


INTERIOR LIGHTS


JVI0726X

CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped)The console light will turn on whenever theclearance lights or headlights are illumi-nated.

SIC3250

PERSONAL LIGHTSPush the button as illustrated to turn thelight on or off.

JVI0657X

INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

*1 ON switchWhen the ON switch *1 is pushed in, themap lights and rear personal lights willilluminate. When the switch is pushed off,the lights will not illuminate, regardless ofthe condition.

*2 DOOR OFF switchWhen the DOOR OFF switch *2 is notpushed in, the map lights and rearpersonal lights will illuminate under thefollowing conditions:

. ignition switch is switched to the OFFposition— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. doors are unlocked by pushing theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyor one touch unlock sensor with theignition switch in the LOCK position— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened and then closedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition— remain on for about 15 seconds.

. any door is opened— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lightsgo off.

When the DOOR OFF switch *2 is pushedin, the map and rear personal lights willnot illuminate under the above condition.The map and rear personal lights can beturned on only with the ON switch *1 .

The lights will also turn off after a periodof time when the lights remain illuminatedafter the ignition switch has been pushedto the OFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

When [Lamp ON When Door Unlocks] is setto the OFF position (see the Infiniti InTouch

Owner’s Manual), the lights will illuminateunder the following condition:

. any door is opened with the ignitionswitch in any position— remain on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the lightsgo off.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time withthe engine stopped. This could result in adischarged battery.

SIC3869

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror isopened.

When the cover is closed, the light will turnoff.

The lights will also turn off after a periodof time when the lights remain illuminatedto prevent the battery from becomingdischarged.


VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS


The light illuminates when the trunk lid isopened. When the trunk lid is closed, thelight will turn off.

The light will also turn off after a period oftime when the light remains illuminatedafter the ignition switch has been pushedto the OFF or LOCK position to prevent thebattery from becoming discharged.

SIC4328

When the doors are unlocked by pushingthe UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyor touching the one touch unlock sensorwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition, the courtesy light *A will illumi-nate.

To activate or deactivate the courtesy light,set [Lamp ON When Door Unlocks]. See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

. Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)devices such as garage doors, gates,home and office lighting, entry doorlocks and security systems.

. Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If thevehicle’s battery is discharged or isdisconnected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transcei-ver is programmed, retain the originaltransmitter for future programming proce-dures (Example: new vehicle purchases).Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver buttonsshould be erased for security purposes.For additional information, refer to “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” (P.2-57).

WARNING

. Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage door openerthat lacks safety stop and reverse

TRUNK LIGHT COURTESY LIGHT HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (if soequipped)

features as required by federal safetystandards. (These standards becameeffective for opener models manufac-tured after April 1, 1982). A garage dooropener which cannot detect an object inthe path of a closing garage door andthen automatically stop and reverse,does not meet current federal safetystandards. Using a garage door openerwithout these features increases the riskof serious injury or death.

. During the programming procedure yourgarage door or security gate will openand close (if the transmitter is withinrange). Make sure that people or objectsare clear of the garage door, gate, etc.that you are programming.

. Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver. Do not breatheexhaust gases; they contain colorlessand odorless carbon monoxide. Carbonmonoxide is dangerous. It can causeunconsciousness or death.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink®

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

It is also recommended that a new batterybe placed in the hand-held transmitter ofthe device being programmed toHomeLink® for quicker programming andaccurate transmission of the radio-fre-quency.

1. Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) awayfrom the HomeLink® surface, keepingthe HomeLink® indicator light *1 inview.

JVI0428X

2. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and handheld transmitter but-ton. DO NOT release until theHomeLink

®

indicator light *1 flashesslowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, bothbuttons may be released. (The rapidflashing indicates successful program-ming.)

NOTE:Some devices to be programmed mayrequire you to replace Step 2 with thecycling procedure noted in the “Pro-gramming HomeLink® for Canadian



customers and gate openers” (P.2-59).

JVI0429X

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.. If the indicator light *1 is solid/

continuous, programming is com-plete and your device should acti-vate when the HomeLink® button ispressed and released.

. If the indicator light *1 blinksrapidly for two seconds and thenturns to a solid/continuous light,continue with Steps 4-6 for a rollingcode device. A second person maymake the following steps easier. Usea ladder or other device. Do not

stand on your vehicle to perform thenext steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garagedoor opener motor in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button (thename and color of the button may varyby manufacturer but it is usuallylocated near where the hanging anten-na wire is attached to the unit). If thereis difficulty locating the button, refer-ence the garage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or“smart” button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you haveapproximately 30 seconds to initiatethe next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly pressand hold the programmed HomeLink®

button for two seconds and release.Repeat the “press/hold/release” se-quence up to 3 times to complete theprogramming process. HomeLink®

should now activate your rolling codeequipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingd i f f i c u l t y p r o g r amm i n g y o u rHomeLink® buttons, refer to the

HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATEOPENERSCanadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)after several seconds of transmission –

which may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal duringprogramming. Similar to this Canadianlaw, some U.S. gate operators are de-signed to “time-out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are havingdifficulties programming a gate operator orgarage door opener by using the “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” procedures, re-place “Programming HomeLink®” Step 2with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cy-cling” process to prevent possible damageto the garage door opener components.

Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold the desired HomeLink®

button and the hand-held transmitter

button. During programming, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stoptransmitting. Continue to press and holdthe desired HomeLink® button while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every two seconds untilthe frequency signal has been learned. TheHomeLink® indicator light will flash slowlyand then rapidly after several secondsupon successful programming. DO NOTrelease until the HomeLink® indicator lightflashes slowly and then rapidly. When theindicator light flashes rapidly, both buttonsmay be released. The rapid flashingindicates successful programming.

Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.

Remember to plug the device back in whenprogramming is completed.

OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI-VERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activatethe programmed device. To operate, simplypress and release the appropriate pro-grammed HomeLink® Universal Transceiverbutton. The amber indicator light willilluminate while the signal is being trans-

mitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT-INGIf the HomeLink® does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:

. replace the hand-held transmitter bat-teries with new batteries.

. position the hand-held transmitter withits battery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

. press and hold both the HomeLink®

and hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

. position the hand-held transmitter 1-3in (26-76 mm) away from theHomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view at alltimes.

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®

buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.



CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN-FORMATIONThe following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons.Individual buttons cannot be cleared.However, individual buttons can be repro-grammed, see “Reprogramming a singleHomeLink® button” (P.2-60).

To clear all programming1. Press and hold the two outer

HomeLink® buttons until the indicatorlight begins to flash in approximately10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programmingmode and can be programmed at any timebeginning with “Programming HomeLink®”- Step 1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink® BUTTONTo reprogram a HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. Do not release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pushing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink® but-tons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code devicethat has been programmed intoHomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer orretailer of those devices for additionalinformation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni-versal Transceiver with your new transmit-ter information.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.

MEMO


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys .................................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key ................................................. 3-2Valet hand-off.................................................. 3-3

Doors .................................................................. 3-4Locking with mechanical key ........................... 3-4Opening and closing windows withmechanical key................................................ 3-4Locking with inside lock knob ......................... 3-5Locking with power door lock switch ............... 3-5Automatic door locks....................................... 3-5Child safety rear door lock .............................. 3-6

Intelligent Key system ......................................... 3-6Intelligent Key operating range........................ 3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution ....................... 3-9Intelligent Key operation ................................. 3-9Battery saver system..................................... 3-12Warning signals............................................. 3-12Troubleshooting guide................................... 3-13Log-in function .............................................. 3-14

Remote keyless entry system............................. 3-14How to use remote keyless entry system....... 3-15

Hood ................................................................. 3-18

Trunk lid ........................................................... 3-19Trunk lid release switch ............................... 3-19Trunk open request switch........................... 3-19TRUNK button .............................................. 3-20Trunk release power cancel switch............... 3-20Interior trunk lid release .............................. 3-21

Fuel-filler door................................................... 3-21Opening the fuel-filler door.......................... 3-21Fuel-filler cap............................................... 3-22

Tilt/telescopic steering...................................... 3-24Manual operation (if so equipped) ............... 3-24Electric operation (if so equipped) ............... 3-25

Sun visors......................................................... 3-25Mirrors.............................................................. 3-26

Inside mirror................................................ 3-26Outside mirrors............................................ 3-27Vanity mirror................................................ 3-29

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ....... 3-29Entry/exit function ....................................... 3-29Memory storage........................................... 3-30System operation......................................... 3-31

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep it ina safe place (such as your wallet), not inthe vehicle. If you lose your keys, see anINFINITI retailer for duplicates by using thekey number. INFINITI does not record anykey numbers so it is very important to keeptrack of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, thiskey can be duplicated by an INFINITIretailer.

SPA2865

1. Intelligent Keys (2)2. Mechanical keys (inside the Keys) (2)3. Key number plate (1)

INTELLIGENT KEYYour vehicle can only be driven with theIntelligent Keys which are registered toyour vehicle’s Intelligent Key system com-ponents and INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem components. As many as 4 Intelli-gent Keys can be registered and used withone vehicle. The new keys must beregistered by an INFINITI retailer prior touse with the Intelligent Key system andINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System of yourvehicle. Since the registration process

requires erasing all memory in the Intelli-gent Key components when registeringnew keys, be sure to take all IntelligentKeys that you have to the INFINITI retailer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Keyfunctions become canceled. Contact anINFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when driving. The Intelligent Key is aprecision device with a built-in transmit-ter. To avoid damaging it, please notethe following.

— The Intelligent Key is water resis-tant; however, wetting may damagethe Intelligent Key. If the IntelligentKey gets wet, immediately wipe untilit is completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike itagainst another object.

— If the outside temperature is below148F (−108C), the battery of theIntelligent Key may not functionproperly.

KEYS

— Do not place the Intelligent Key foran extended period in a place wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

— Do not change or modify the In-telligent Key.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key nearan electric appliance such as atelevision set or personal computer.

— Do not allow the Intelligent Key tocome into contact with water or saltwater, and do not wash it in awashing machine. This could affectthe system function.

. If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key. This will preventthe Intelligent Key from unauthorizeduse to unlock the vehicle. For informa-tion regarding the erasing procedure,contact an INFINITI retailer.

SPA2033

Mechanical keyTo remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insertit into the Intelligent Key until the lockknob returns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlockthe doors, glove box and trunk pass-through lid, if they are equipped with akey cylinder.

See “Doors” (P.3-4), “Glove box” (P.2-47)and “Trunk pass-through” (P.1-7).

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installed inthe key.

VALET HAND-OFFWhen you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself andkeep the mechanical key with you toprotect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box and the trunkfrom being opened during valet hand-off,follow the procedures below.

1. Push the trunk release power cancelswitch to the OFF (cancel) side.

2. Remove the mechanical key from theIntelligent Key.

3. Lock the glove box and the trunk pass-through with the mechanical key.

4. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet,keeping the mechanical key in yourpocket or bag for insertion into theIntelligent Key when you retrieve yourvehicle.

See “Trunk lid” (P.3-19), “Glove box” (P.2-47) and “Trunk pass-through” (P.1-7).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3


WARNING

. Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to preventpersons from being thrown from thevehicle. This also helps keep childrenand others from unintentionally openingthe doors, and will help keep outintruders.

. Before opening any door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.


JVP0231X

LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEYThe power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneouslyusing the mechanical key.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinder tothe front of the vehicle *1 will lock alldoors.

. Turning the driver’s door key cylinderonce to the rear of the vehicle *2 willunlock the driver’s door. After returningthe key to the neutral position *3 ,turning it to the rear again within 60seconds will unlock all doors.

. You can switch the lock system to themode that allows you to open all thedoors when the key is turned once.(See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Man-ual for details.)

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH MECHANICAL KEYThe driver’s door key operation also allowsyou to open and close the window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-49).)

To open the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the rear of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is unlockedand the window keeps opening whileturning the key.

This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the UNLOCK buttonon the Intelligent Key. (See “Remote key-less entry system” (P.3-14).)

To close the window, turn the driver’s doorkey cylinder to the front of the vehicle forlonger than 1 second. The door is lockedand the window keeps closing while turn-ing the key.

DOORS

SPA2726

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOBTo lock the door individually, move theinside lock knob to the lock position *1then close the door.

To unlock, move the inside lock knob to theunlock position *2 .

When locking the door without an Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave theIntelligent Key inside the vehicle.

SPA2727

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCKSWITCHOperating the power door lock switch willlock or unlock all the doors. The switchesare located on the driver’s and frontpassenger’s door armrests.

To lock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the lock position*1 with thedriver’s or front passenger’s door open,then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the Intelligent Key inside thevehicle.

To unlock the doors including the fuel-filler

door, push the power door lock switch tothe unlock position *2 .

Lockout protectionWhen the power door lock switch is movedto the lock position and any door open, alldoors will lock and unlock automatically.With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicleand any door open, all doors will unlockautomatically and a chime will sound afterthe door is closed.

These functions help to prevent the In-telligent Key from being accidentallylocked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS. All doors lock automatically when the

vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24km/h).

. All doors unlock automatically when theignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

The automatic unlock function can bedeactivated or activated. To deactivate oractivate the automatic door unlock system,perform the following procedure:

1. Close all doors.

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.



3. Within 20 seconds of performing Step2, push and hold the power door lockswitch to the position (UNLOCK) formore than 5 seconds.

4. When activated, the hazard indicatorwill flash twice. When deactivated, thehazard indicator will flash once.

5. The ignition switch must be placed inthe OFF and ON position again betweeneach setting change.

When the automatic door unlock system isdeactivated, the doors do not unlock whenthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. To unlock the door manually, usethe inside lock knob or the power door lockswitch (driver’s or front passenger’s side).

The automatic door unlock function can bechanged on the lower display. (See theInfiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual.)

SPA2536

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCKThe child safety rear door lock helpsprevent doors from being opened acciden-tally, especially when small children are inthe vehicle.

When the levers are in the lock position*1 , the rear doors can be opened onlyfrom the outside.

To disengage, move the levers to theunlock position *2 .

WARNING


. The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pushed.The FAA advises that the radio wavesmay affect aircraft navigation and com-munication systems. Do not operate theIntelligent Key while on an airplane.Make sure the buttons are not operatedunintentionally when the unit is storedduring a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate allthe doors and the trunk lid using theremote controller function, using one touchunlock function or pushing the requestswitch on the vehicle without taking thekey out from a pocket or purse. Theoperating environment and/or conditionsmay affect the Intelligent Key systemoperation.

Be sure to read the following before usingthe Intelligent Key system.

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.

. Never leave the Intelligent Key in thevehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat-ing with the vehicle as it receives radiowaves. The Intelligent Key system trans-mits weak radio waves. Environmentalconditions may interfere with the operationof the Intelligent Key system under thefollowing operating conditions.

. When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted,such as a TV tower, power station andbroadcasting station.

. When in possession of wireless equip-ment, such as a cellular telephone,transceiver, and CB radio.

. When the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by metallic materials.

. When any type of radio wave remotecontrol is used nearby.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed nearan electric appliance such as a perso-

nal computer.. When the vehicle is parked near a

parking meter.In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Keyfunction or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery variesdepending on the operating conditions,the battery’s life is approximately 2 years.If the battery is discharged, replace it witha new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged, see “Intelligent Key batterydischarge” (P.5-13) to start the engine.

Since the Intelligent Key is continuouslyreceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV andpersonal computer, the battery life maybecome shorter.

For information regarding replacement of abattery, see “Intelligent Key battery repla-cement” (P.8-24).

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can beregistered and used with one vehicle. Forinformation about the purchase and use ofadditional Intelligent Keys, contact anINFINITI retailer.

CAUTION

. Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water.This could affect the system function.

. Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

. Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.

. Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

. Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key.If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immedi-ately wipe until it is completely dry.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area wheretemperatures exceed 1408F (608C).

. If the outside temperature is below 148F(−108C), the battery of the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

. Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.

. Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipmentand personal computers.



If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the ID codeof that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. Thismay prevent the unauthorized use of theIntelligent Key to operate the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing proce-dure, contact an INFINITI retailer.

JVP0225X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGEThe Intelligent Key functions can only beused when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the onetouch unlock sensor/door request switch*1 and trunk open request switch *2 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomesnarrower, and the Intelligent Key may notfunction properly.

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80

cm) from each one touch unlock sensor/door handle request switch *1 and trunkopen request switch *2 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the onetouch unlock sensor and request switchesmay not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within theoperating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Key touse the one touch unlock sensor or requestswitches to lock or unlock the doors andopen the trunk lid.

SPA2407

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU-TION. Do not push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key held inyour hand as illustrated. The closedistance to the door handle will causethe Intelligent Key system to havedifficulty recognizing that the Intelli-gent Key is outside the vehicle.

. Within 2 seconds after the door arelocked using the door handle requestswitch, make sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles. If you keep holding thedoor handle for more than 2 seconds

after locking the doors using the doorhandle request switch, the door will beunlocked.

. To prevent the Intelligent Key frombeing left inside the vehicle or thetrunk, make sure you carry the key withyou and then lock the doors or thetrunk.

. The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handlerequest switch or one touch unlocksensor) can be set to remain inactive.(See the Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Man-ual.)

. The door cannot be unlocked using onetouch unlock operation after locking thedoor within 2 seconds. To unlock thedoor, release the door handle once andhold it again.

. Do not hold and pull the door handlequickly. The door will be unlocked butwill not open. Release the door handleonce and pull it again to open the door.

. If you pull the door handle with yourgloved hand, the one touch unlockoperation may not function.

JVP0232X

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATIONYou can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket or bag.



JVP0233X

JVP0209X

When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock all doors by pushing thedoor handle request switch *A (driver’s orfront passenger’s) within the range ofoperation.

You can also unlock the correspondingdoor by touching the one touch unlocksensor *B (driver’s or front passenger’s)within the range of operation, and canunlock the other doors using the doorhandle request switch *A .

When you lock or unlock the doors or thetrunk lid, the hazard indicator will flashand the horn (or the outside chime) willsound as a confirmation. For details, see“Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”(P.3-16).

CAUTION

. After locking the doors using the requestswitch, make sure that the doors havebeen securely locked by operating thedoor handles.

. When locking the doors using therequest switch, make sure to have theIntelligent Key in your possession beforeoperating the request switch to prevent

the Intelligent Key from being left in thevehicle.

. The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has beendetected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protectionTo prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the driver’s side door is open, thedoors are locked, and then the IntelligentKey is put inside the vehicle and all thedoors are closed; the lock will automati-cally unlock and the door buzzer sounds.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelli-gent Key is in the same hand that isoperating the request switch to lock thedoor. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse,pocket or your other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

. When the Intelligent Key is placed on topof the instrument panel.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe glove box or a storage bin.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe door pockets.

. When the Intelligent Key is placed insideor near metallic materials.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF

position and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.*2

3. Push the door handle request switch(driver’s or front passenger’s) *A whilecarrying the Intelligent Key with you.*3

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door willlock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe outside chime sounds twice.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

*2: Doors will not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

*3: Doors will not lock by pushing thedoor handle request switch with theIntelligent Key inside the vehicle.However, when an Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle, doors can belocked with another registered Intelli-gent Key.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Hold the outside door handle (driver’s

or front passenger’s) while carrying theIntelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once andthe outside chime sounds once. Thecorresponding door will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request switchwithin 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once andthe outside chime sounds once again.All the doors and fuel-filler door willunlock.

All doors and the fuel-filler door will belocked automatically unless one of thefollowing operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the request switch ortouch unlock operation while the doors arelocked.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switchDuring this 1-minute time period, if theUNLOCK button on the Intelligent Keyis pushed, all doors will be locked auto-matically after another 1 minute.



SPA2731

SPA2732

Opening trunk lid1. Push the trunk open request switch *A

for more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch. An outsidechime will sound four times.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Lockout protection:

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the trunk, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey system.

When the trunk lid is closed with theIntelligent Key inside the trunk, the outsidechime will sound and the trunk will open.

BATTERY SAVER SYSTEMWhen all the following conditions are metfor a period of time, the battery saversystem will cut off the power supply toprevent battery discharge.

. The ignition switch is in the ACCposition, and

. All doors are closed, and

. The shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key listed on the followingchart or to help prevent the vehicle frombeing stolen, chime or beep sounds insideand outside the vehicle and a warningdisplays in the vehicle information display.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarning displays, be sure to check thevehicle and Intelligent Key.

See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-13) and“Vehicle information display” (P.2-20).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When pushing the ignition switchto stop the engine

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the inside warning chime sounds con-tinuously.

The shift lever is not in the P (Park)position. Shift the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

When shifting the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

When opening the driver’s door toget out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continu-ously.

The ignition switch is in the ACCposition. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

When closing the door after get-ting out of the vehicle

The NO KEY warning appears on the display,the outside chime sounds 3 times and theinside warning chime sounds for a fewseconds.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition. Push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

The SHIFT P warning appears on the displayand the outside chime sounds continuously.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFFposition and the shift lever is not in theP (Park) position.

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) positionand push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

When closing the door with theinside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few secondsand all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switchor LOCK button on the IntelligentKey to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few seconds.The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicleor trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

A door is not closed securely. Close the door securely.

When closing the trunk lid The outside chime sounds for approximately10 seconds and the trunk lid opens. The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.



LOG-IN FUNCTIONAfter setting up the user information, thesystem will automatically recognize theuser upon turning on the vehicle.

There will be a personalized welcomegreeting and screen prompt to log-in.

This feature allows 4 drivers to use theirown registration, drive mode, driving posi-tion, air conditioner, and auto settings andmemorizes these custom settings.

The log-in user can be changed on thewelcome greeting screen or the User Listscreen. For more details, see the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.

The log-in function is linked to the follow-ing items:

. Meter

. Audio

. Navigation system display (if soequipped)

. Navigation settings (if so equipped)

. Air conditioner

. Automatic drive positioner (if soequipped)

. Engine·Transmission

. Steering (models with Direct AdaptiveSteering)

. Active trace control system

. Driver assistance (if so equipped)

WARNING

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waveswhen the buttons are pushed. The FAAadvises that the radio waves may affectaircraft navigation and communication sys-tems. Do not operate the Intelligent Keywhile on an airplane. Make sure the buttonsare not operated unintentionally when theunit is stored during a flight.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors andfuel-filler door, open the trunk lid, activatethe panic alarm and open the windows bypushing the buttons on the Intelligent Keyfrom outside the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure theIntelligent Key is not left in the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function canoperate at a distance of approximately 33ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The effectivedistance depends upon the conditionsaround the vehicle.)

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concern-ing the purchase and use of additionalIntelligent Keys, contact an INFINITI retai-ler.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

The buttons on the Intelligent Key will notoperate when:

. the distance between the Intelligent Keyand the vehicle is over 33 ft (10 m).

. the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged.

After locking with the remote keyless entryfunction, pull the door handle to make surethe doors are securely locked.

The LOCK/UNLOCK operating range variesdepending on the environment. To securelyoperate the lock and unlock buttons,approach the vehicle to about 3 ft (1 m)from the door.

SPA2100

1. LOCK button2. UNLOCK button3. TRUNK button4. PANIC button

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEMWhen you lock or unlock the doors or thetrunk lid, the hazard indicator will flashand the horn (or the outside chime) willsound as a confirmation. For details, see“Setting hazard indicator and horn mode”(P.3-16).

Locking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF

position and make sure you carry theIntelligent Key with you.*1

2. Close all the doors.

3. Push the LOCK button *1 on theIntelligent Key.

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door willlock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

*1: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is in the ACCor ON position.

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door1. Push the UNLOCK button*2 on the

Intelligent Key once.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once. Thedriver’s door will unlock.

3. Push the UNLOCK button*2 on theIntelligent Key again within 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes onceagain. All the doors and the fuel-fillerdoor will unlock.

All doors and the fuel-filler door will belocked automatically unless one of the



following operations is performed within 1minute after pushing the UNLOCK *2button on the Intelligent Key while thedoors are locked. If during this 1-minutetime period, the UNLOCK *2 button onthe Intelligent Key is pushed, all doors willbe locked automatically after another 1minute.

. Opening any door

. Pushing the ignition switch

Opening windows (if so equipped)The UNLOCK button *2 operation alsoallows you to open the window that isequipped with the automatic open/closefunction. (See “Power windows” (P.2-49).)

To open the window, push the doorUNLOCK *2 button on the IntelligentKey for about 3 seconds after the door isunlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton *2 .

If the window open operation is stopped inmid-operation while pushing the UNLOCK

button *2 , release and push theUNLOCK button *2 again until thewindow opens completely.

Window cannot be closed using the In-

telligent Key.

The door window can also be operated byturning the mechanical key in a door lock.(See “Doors” (P.3-4).)

Opening moonroof (if so equipped)The moonroof can be opened by pushingthe UNLOCK button *2 on the Intelli-gent Key. This function will not operatewhile the moonroof timer is activated orwhen the windows need to be initialized.

To open the moonroof, push the UNLOCKbutton *2 on the Intelligent Key for

about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton *2 .

Opening trunk lid1. Push the TRUNK button *3 on the

Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The trunk will unlatch.

3. Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk.

Using panic alarmIf you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button *4 on the

key for more than 1 second.

2. The theft warning alarm and headlightswill stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:. It has run for 25 seconds, or. Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key are pushed. (Note: PANICbutton *4 or TRUNK button *3should be pushed for more than 1second.)

Setting hazard indicator and hornmodeThis vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive thevehicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button *1 is pushed, thehazard indicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once. When the UNLOCK button*2 is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesonce.

If horns are not necessary, the system canbe switched to the hazard indicator mode.

In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCKbutton *1 is pushed, the hazard

indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton *2 is pushed, neither the

hazard indicator nor the horn operates. Hazard indicator and horn mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or trunk

request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - onceOUTSIDE CHIME - once

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - 4times

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - once

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none

Hazard indicator mode:

DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK

Intelligent Key system(Using door handle or trunk

request switch)

HAZARD - twiceOUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - noneOUTSIDE CHIME - 4times

Remote keyless entry system(Using , or button)

HAZARD - twiceHORN - none

HAZARD - onceHORN - none

HAZARD - noneHORN - none



Switching procedure:

To switch the hazard indicator and horn(chime) operation, push the LOCK *1and UNLOCK *2 buttons on the In-telligent Key simultaneously for more than2 seconds.

. When the hazard indicator mode is set,the hazard indicator flashes 3 times.

. When the hazard indicator and hornmode is set, the hazard indicatorflashes once and the horn chirps once.

JVP0234X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle *1located below the instrument panel;the hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever *2 up at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raise thehood.

3. When closing the hood, slowly closethe hood down to latch both the rightand left locks. Push the hood down tolock the hood securely into place.

WARNING

. Make sure the hood is completely closedand latched before driving. Failure to doso could cause the hood to fly open andresult in an accident.

. If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

HOOD

WARNING

. Do not drive with the trunk lid open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle. See “Exhaustgas (carbon monoxide)” (P.5-3) of thismanual.

. Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from play-ing and becoming locked in the trunkwhere they could be seriously injured.Keep the car locked, with the trunkclosed, when not in use, and preventchildren’s access to Intelligent Keys.

JVP0202X

TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCHThe trunk lid release switch *A is locatedon the instrument panel.

To open the trunk lid, push the releaseswitch. To close, push the trunk lid down.

SPA2732

TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCHThe trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch *A when theIntelligent Key is within the operatingrange of the trunk lock/unlock functionregardless of the inside lock knob position.

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch *A even if theIntelligent Key is not within the operatingrange of the trunk lock/unlock function,when all doors are unlocked by the powerdoor lock system, and the automaticunlock function.

(See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-6).)


TRUNK LID


TRUNK BUTTONThe trunk lid can be opened by pushing theTRUNK button on the Intelligent Key formore than 1 second.

The trunk lid can be opened by pushing thetrunk open request switch *A even if theIntelligent Key is not within the operatingrange of the trunk lock/unlock function,when all doors are unlocked by the powerdoor lock system, and the automaticunlock function.

(See “Remote keyless entry system” (P.3-14).) JVP0203X

TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCELSWITCHWhen the switch located inside the glovebox is in the OFF position *A , the power tothe trunk lid will be canceled and the trunklid cannot be opened by the trunk lidrelease switch, the trunk open requestswitch or the TRUNK button on theIntelligent Key.

When you have to leave the vehicle with avalet and want to keep your belongingssafe in the glove box and the trunk, pushthis switch to OFF and lock the glove boxwith the mechanical key. Then leave the

vehicle and the Intelligent Key with thevalet and keep the mechanical key withyou.

(See “Keys” (P.3-2).)

To connect the power to the trunk lid, pushthe switch to the ON *B position.

SPA2768

INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE

WARNING

Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from playingand becoming locked in the trunk wherethey could be seriously injured. Keep the carlocked, with the trunk lid securely latched,when not in use, and prevent children’saccess to Intelligent Keys.

The interior trunk lid release mechanismallows opening of the trunk lid in the event

that people become locked inside the trunkor in the event of the loss of electricalpower such as a discharged battery.

Releasing inside the trunkTo open the trunk lid from the inside, pullthe release handle *1 until the lockreleases and push up on the trunk lid.The release lever is made of a material thatglows in the dark after a brief exposure toambient light.

The handle is located on the back of thetrunk lid as illustrated.

Releasing from the rear seatYou can access the release handle throughthe trunk pass-through (rear seat armrest).(See “Armrest” (P.1-7).)

To open the trunk lid from the rear seat,pull the release handle towards front ofvehicle until the lock releases.

If you cannot reach the release handle,contact an INFINITI retailer.

SPA2735

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOORTo open the fuel-filler door, unlock the fuel-filler door by using one of the followingoperations, then push the upper left sideof the door.

. Touch the one touch unlock sensor onone of the front door handles and thenpush the door handle request switchwhile carrying the Intelligent Key.

. Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key twice.

. Insert the mechanical key into the doorlock cylinder and turn it to the rear ofthe vehicle twice.


FUEL-FILLER DOOR


. Push the power door lock switch to theUNLOCK position.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securelyand lock all doors by operating the doorhandle request switch, the LOCK button onthe Intelligent Key, the mechanical key orthe power door lock switch.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

. Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled.Always stop engine and do not smoke orallow open flames or sparks near thevehicle when refueling.

. Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts offautomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

. Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect cap can

result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also cause theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) tocome on.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

. Do not fill a portable fuel container inthe vehicle or trailer. Static electricitycan cause an explosion of flammableliquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle ortrailer. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death when filling portable fuelcontainers:

— Always place the container on theground when filling.

— Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

— Keep the pump nozzle in contactwith the container while you arefilling it.

— Use only approved portable fuelcontainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

. If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

. Insert the cap straight into the fuel-fillertube, then tighten the fuel-filler cap untila single click is heard. Failure to tightenthe fuel-filler cap properly may cause the

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) toilluminate. If the light illuminatesbecause the fuel-filler cap is loose ormissing, tighten or install the cap andcontinue to drive the vehicle. Thelight should turn off after a few drivingtrips. If the light does not turn offafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected by an INFINITI retailer.

. The Loose Fuel Cap warning will appearif the fuel-filler cap is not properlytightened. It may take a few drivingtrips for the warning to be displayed.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly after the Loose Fuel Cap warn-ing appears may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) toilluminate.

. For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-18).

JVP0204X

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwiseto remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder*1 while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until asingle click is heard.

JVP0235X

Loose Fuel Cap warningThe Loose Fuel Cap warning appears in thevehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after thevehicle has been refueled. It may take afew driving trips for the warning to bedisplayed.

To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. (See “Fuel-filler cap”(P.3-22).)

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until a singleclick is heard.



3. Push the or switch *A on thesteering wheel for longer than 1 secondto turn off the Loose Fuel Cap warningafter tightening the fuel-filler cap.

WARNING

. Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

. Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and comfort.The driver’s air bag inflates with greatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out ofposition in any way, you are at greaterrisk of injury or death in a crash. Youmay also receive serious or fatal injuriesfrom the air bag if you are up against itwhen it inflates. Always sit back againstthe seatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel. Always use theseat belts.

SPA2328

MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt or telescopic operationPull the lock lever *1 down and adjust thesteering wheel up, down, forward or rear-ward to the desired position.

Push the lock lever up securely to lock thesteering wheel in place.

TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

JVP0205X

ELECTRIC OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt or telescopic operationMove the switch to adjust the steeringwheel up or down, forward or rearward tothe desired position.

Entry/Exit function operation:

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up auto-matically when the driver’s door is openedwith the ignition switch in the LOCKposition. This lets the driver get into andout of the seat more easily.

For more information, see “Automatic drivepositioner” (P.3-29).

SPA2471

1. To block glare from the front, swingdown the sun visor *1 .


SUN VISORS


2. To block glare from the side, removethe sun visor from the center mountand swing the visor to the side *2 .

3. Slide the sun visor *3 in or out asneeded.

SPA2447

INSIDE MIRRORAdjust the height and the angle of theinside mirror to the desired position.

SPA2143

Manual anti-glare typeThe night position *1 will reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind youat night.

Use the day position *2 when driving indaylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary,because it reduces rear view clarity.

MIRRORS

SPA2422A

Type A

SPA2450

Type B

Automatic anti-glare typeThe inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection accordingto the intensity of the headlights of thefollowing vehicle.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when the ignition switch ispushed to the ON position.

The anti-glare system also operates for theoutside mirrors (if so equipped).

When the anti-glare system is turned on,the indicator light *A will illuminate andexcessive glare from the headlights of thevehicle behind you will be reduced.

Type A: Push the switch*B to make theinside mirror operate normally and theindicator light will turn off. Push the

switch again to turn the system on.

Type B: Push the “*” switch *C to makethe inside mirror operate normally. Theindicator light will turn off. Push the “I”switch *D to turn the system on.

Do not allow any object to cover thesensors *E or apply glass cleaner onthem. Doing so will reduce the sensitivityof the sensor, resulting in improperoperation.

For the compass (if so equipped) opera-tion, see “Compass” (P.2-9).

For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (ifso equipped) operation, see “HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver” (P.2-56).

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on thepassenger side are closer than they appear.Be careful when moving to the right. Usingonly this mirror could cause an accident.Use the inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distances toother objects.



JVP0246X

Adjusting outside mirrorsThe outside mirror control switch is locatedon the driver’s armrest.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ONposition.

Move the switch *1 right or left to selectthe right or left side mirror, then adjustusing the control switch *2 .

Defrosting outside mirrorsThe outside mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defroster switch is oper-ated.

SPA1829

Foldable outside mirrorsFold the outside mirror by pushing ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)When backing up the vehicle, the right andleft outside mirrors will turn downwardautomatically to provide better rear visibi-lity.


2. Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.

3. Select the right or left side mirror byoperating the outside mirror controlswitch.

4. The outside mirror surface movesdownward.

When one of the following conditions hasoccurred, the outside mirror surface willreturn to its original position.

. The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

. The outside mirror control switch is setto the center position.

. The ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition.

Automatic anti-glare (if soequipped)The outside mirrors are designed so thatthey automatically change reflection ac-cording to the intensity of the headlights ofthe vehicle following you.

The anti-glare system will be automaticallyturned on when you push the ignitionswitch to the “ON” position.

SIC3869

VANITY MIRRORTo use the front vanity mirror, pull downthe sun visor and pull up the cover.

The automatic drive positioner system hastwo features:

. Entry/exit function

. Memory storage

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTIONThis system is designed so that the driver’sseat and steering column will automati-cally move when the shift lever is in the P(Park) position. This allows the driver to getinto and out of the driver’s seat moreeasily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering wheel will move up when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the LOCK position.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous positions when theignition switch is pushed to the ACCposition.

The driver’s seat will not return to theprevious positions if the seat or steeringadjusting switch is operated when the seatis at the exit position.

Cancel or activate entry/exit func-tionAll the following conditions must be metbefore cancelling or activating the entry/

exit function.

. The ignition switch is placed in theLOCK position.

. The entry/exit function is not in opera-tion.

. The following switches are not oper-ated.— Seat memory switches— Power seat switches— Electric tilting/telescopic steering

wheel switchThe entry/exit function can be activated orcanceled by pressing and holding the SETswitch for more than 10 seconds.

The indicator lights on the memoryswitches (1 and 2) will blink once whenthe function is canceled, and the indicatorlights will blink twice when the function isactivated. Note that the indicator lightsmay illuminate after 5 seconds whileholding the SET switch. Keep the SETswitch pressed for more than 10 secondsto turn on or off the entry/exit function.

The entry/exit function can also be acti-vated or canceled if the [Lift Steering Wheelon Exit] or [Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit]key is turned to ON or OFF in the [Settings]menu on the lower display. (See the Infiniti


AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if soequipped)


InTouch Owner’s Manual.)

Initialize entry/exit functionIf the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the entry/exit function willnot work though this function was set onbefore. In such a case, after connecting thebattery or replacing with a new fuse, openand close the driver’s door more than twotimes after the ignition switch is switchedfrom the ON position to the LOCK position.The entry/exit function will be activated.

JVP0240X

MEMORY STORAGETwo positions for the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors can be storedin the automatic drive positioner memory.Follow these procedures to use the mem-ory system.

1. Adjust the driver’s seat, steering col-umn and outside mirrors to the desiredpositions by manually operating eachadjusting switch. For additional infor-mation, see “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/tele-scopic steering” (P.3-24) and “Outsidemirrors” (P.3-27).

2. Push the SET switch and, within 5

seconds, push the memory switch (1or 2) fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushedmemory switch will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch.

When the memory is stored in thememory switch (1 or 2), a buzzer willsound.

If memory is stored in the samememory switch, the previous memorywill be deleted.

Confirming memory storage. Push the ignition switch to the ON

position and push the SET switch. Ifthe main memory has not been stored,the indicator light will come on forapproximately 0.5 seconds. When thememory has stored in position, theindicator light will stay on for approxi-mately 5 seconds.

. If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In this case, reset the desiredposition using the previous procedure.

Selecting the memorized position1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

2. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fullyfor at least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the mem-orized position with the indicator lightflashing, and then the light will stay onfor approximately 5 seconds.

Linking log-in function to a storedmemory positionThe log-in function can be linked to astored memory position with the followingprocedure.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition while carrying an IntelligentKey that was registered to the vehiclewith the log-in function. For moredetails, see “Log-in function” (P.3-14).

2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat,steering column and outside mirrorsmanually. See “Seats” (P.1-2), “Tilt/telescopic steering” (P.3-24) and “Out-side mirrors” (P.3-27).

3. Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The next time you log in (selecting the useron the display) after placing the ignitionswitch in the ON position while carryingthe Intelligent Key, the system will auto-matically adjust to the memorized drivingposition.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle is moving.

. When the adjusting switch for thedriver’s seat and steering column isturned on while the automatic drivepositioner is operating.

. When the memory switch 1 or 2 ispushed for less than 1 second.

. When the seat, steering column andoutside mirrors have already beenmoved to the memorized position.

. When no position is stored in thememory switch.

. When the shift lever is moved from theP (Park) position to any other position.(However, it will not be canceled if theswitch is pushed while the seat andsteering column are returning to theprevious positions (entry/exit func-

tion).)



MEMO

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recogni-tion systems

Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual........................... 4-2Ventilators ........................................................... 4-2Antenna............................................................... 4-3

Window antenna ............................................. 4-3

Satellite antenna ........................................... 4-3Car phone or CB radio ........................................ 4-3

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Refer to the Infiniti InTouch Owner’sManual that includes the following infor-mation.

. Infiniti InTouch

. Navigation system (if so equipped)

. Audio system

. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

. Heater and air conditioner

. Heated seats (if so equipped)

. Heated steering wheel (if so equipped)

. Viewing information

. Other settings

. Voice recognition (if so equipped)

. Monitor system

. Meter settings

. General system information

JVH0510X

Center ventilators

JVH0511X

Side ventilators

JVH0574X

Rear ventilatorsOpen or close, and adjust the air flowdirection of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators areclosed.

: This symbol indicates that the ventilators areopen.

INFINITI INTOUCH OWNER’S MANUAL VENTILATORS

WINDOW ANTENNAThe antenna pattern is printed inside therear window.

CAUTION

. Do not place metalized film near the rearwindow glass or attach any metal partsto it. This may cause poor reception ornoise.

. When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the rear window antenna.Lightly wipe along the antenna with adampened soft cloth.

SAA3602

SATELLITE ANTENNAThere is a satellite antenna on the rear partof the vehicle roof.

A buildup of ice on the satellite radioantenna can affect satellite radio perfor-mance. Remove the ice to restore satelliteradio reception.

When installing a car phone or a CB radioin your vehicle, be sure to observe thefollowing cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the elec-tronic control modules and electronic con-trol system harness.

WARNING

. A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular phones while driving.

. If you must make a call while yourvehicle is in motion, the hands-freecellular phone operational mode (if soequipped) is highly recommended. Ex-ercise extreme caution at all times so fullattention may be given to vehicle opera-tion.

. If a conversation in a moving vehiclerequires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop yourvehicle before doing so.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

CAUTION

. Keep the antenna as far away aspossible from the electronic controlmodules.

. Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harness. Do not route the anten-na wire next to any harness.

. Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

. Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

. For details, consult an INFINITI retailer.

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving................. 5-3Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)....................... 5-3Three-way catalyst........................................... 5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......... 5-4Avoiding collision and rollover......................... 5-8Off-road recovery............................................. 5-8Rapid air pressure loss ................................... 5-9Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ................. 5-9Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) driving safetyprecautions (AWD models)............................. 5-10

Push-button ignition switch ............................... 5-10Operating range for engine start function...... 5-11Push-button ignition switch operation ........... 5-11Push-button ignition switch positions............ 5-12Emergency engine shut off ............................ 5-12Intelligent Key battery discharge ................... 5-13

Before starting the engine ................................. 5-13Starting the engine............................................ 5-14Driving the vehicle............................................. 5-15

Automatic transmission ................................. 5-15Parking brake .................................................... 5-20INFINITI Drive Mode Selector.............................. 5-21

STANDARD mode ........................................... 5-21SPORT mode ................................................. 5-22SNOW mode.................................................. 5-22

ECO mode.................................................... 5-22PERSONAL mode.......................................... 5-23

Active Lane Control (if so equipped).................. 5-24Precautions on Active Lane Control .............. 5-26Active Lane Control operation ...................... 5-27Automatic deactivation................................. 5-29Lane camera unit maintenance .................... 5-29

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system (ifso equipped)..................................................... 5-30

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system......... 5-31Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system...... 5-33Lane camera unit maintenance .................... 5-36

Blind Spot Warning/Blind Spot InterventionTM/Back-up Collision Intervention systems (ifso equipped)..................................................... 5-37

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Blind SpotInterventionTM (BSI) system.......................... 5-37BSW/BSI driving situations.......................... 5-43Back-up Collision Intervention(BCI) system ................................................ 5-48System maintenance.................................... 5-55

Cruise control (if so equipped) .......................... 5-56Precautions on cruise control....................... 5-56Cruise control operations............................. 5-57

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (ifso equipped) ..................................................... 5-58

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode................................................. 5-59Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ....... 5-59Precautions on vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode................................................. 5-60Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode operation............................................. 5-61Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode................................................. 5-74

Distance Control Assist (DCA) system (ifso equipped) ..................................................... 5-79

Precautions on DCA system........................... 5-79DCA system operation ................................... 5-81

Forward emergency braking system (ifso equipped) ..................................................... 5-89

System operation .......................................... 5-90Predictive forward collision warning system (ifso equipped) ..................................................... 5-94

System operation .......................................... 5-95Break-in schedule.............................................. 5-99Fuel Efficient Driving Tips................................... 5-99Increasing fuel economy .................................. 5-100Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (ifso equipped) ................................................... 5-101

Parking/parking on hills.................................. 5-103Power steering ................................................ 5-104

Hydraulic power steering type.................... 5-104Direct Adaptive Steering type..................... 5-104

Brake system .................................................. 5-106Braking precautions................................... 5-106Parking brake break-in............................... 5-106

Brake assist .................................................... 5-107Brake assist............................................... 5-107Anti-lock Braking System (ABS).................. 5-107

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ............ 5-108Brake force distribution ............................. 5-109

Active trace control ......................................... 5-110Hill Start Assist system ................................... 5-111Chassis control ............................................... 5-112Cold weather driving ....................................... 5-112

Freeing a frozen door lock ......................... 5-112Antifreeze .................................................. 5-112Battery....................................................... 5-112Draining of coolant water........................... 5-112Tire equipment .......................................... 5-112Special winter equipment .......................... 5-113Driving on snow or ice............................... 5-113Engine block heater (if so equipped).......... 5-113

WARNING

. Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldnot be left alone either. They couldaccidentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of thevehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days,temperatures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to causesevere or possibly fatal injuries topeople or animals.

. Closely supervise children when they arearound cars to prevent them from play-ing and becoming locked in the trunkwhere they could be seriously injured.Keep the car locked, with the rearseatback and trunk lid securely latchedwhen not in use, and prevent children’saccess to car keys.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

. Do not breathe exhaust gases; theycontain colorless and odorless carbonmonoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-ous. It can cause unconsciousness ordeath.

. If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with allwindows fully open, and have thevehicle inspected immediately.

. Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

. Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

. Keep the trunk lid closed while driving,otherwise exhaust gases could be drawninto the passenger compartment. If youmust drive with the trunk lid open,follow these precautions:

1) Open all the windows.

2) Set the air recirculation to off andthe fan control to high to circulatethe air.

. If electrical wiring or other cable con-nections must pass to a trailer throughthe seal on the trunk lid or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-tion to prevent carbon monoxide entryinto the vehicle.

. The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanic when-ever:

— The vehicle is raised for service.

— You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passenger compart-ment.

— You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

— You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system,underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-3

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

THREE-WAY CATALYSTThe three-way catalyst is an emissioncontrol device installed in the exhaustsystem. Exhaust gases in the three-waycatalyst are burned at high temperatures tohelp reduce pollutants.

WARNING

. The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from theexhaust system components.

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite andcause a fire.

CAUTION

. Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline seriously reducethe three-way catalyst’s ability to helpreduce exhaust pollutants.

. Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctionsin the ignition, fuel injection, or elec-trical systems can cause overrich fuel

flow into the three-way catalyst, causingit to overheat. Do not keep driving if theengine misfires, or if noticeable loss ofperformance or other unusual operatingconditions are detected. Have the vehicleinspected promptly by an INFINITI retai-ler.

. Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

. Do not race the engine while warming itup.

. Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illuminatesa low tire pressure telltale when one ormore of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to the properpressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat andcan lead to tire failure. Under-inflation alsoreduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the low tire pressurewarning light will illuminate continuouslyand a chime will sound for 10 seconds. Theflat tire warning will also appear in thevehicle information display. The chime willonly sound at the first indication of a flattire, and the warning light will illuminatecontinuously. When the flat tire warning isactivated, have the system reset and thetire checked and replaced if necessary byan INFINITI retailer. Even if the tire isinflated to the specified COLD tire pres-sure, the warning light will continue to

illuminate until the system is reset by anINFINITI retailer. Your vehicle can be drivenfor a limited time on a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” (P.8-36).

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire maintenance,and it is the driver’s responsibility tomaintain correct tire pressure, even ifunder-inflation has not reached the levelto trigger illumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is com-bined with the low tire pressure telltale.When the system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated. This sequence will continueupon subsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists. When the mal-function indicator is illuminated, the sys-tem may not be able to detect or signal lowtire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunc-tions may occur for a variety of reasons,including the installation of replacement oralternate tires or wheels on the vehicle thatprevent the TPMS from functioning prop-

erly. Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or more tires orwheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Additional information. The TPMS does not monitor the tire

pressure of the spare tire (if soequipped).

. The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system maynot detect a sudden drop in tirepressure (for example a flat tire whiledriving).

. The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire isinflated to the recommended pressure,the vehicle must be driven at speedsabove 16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate theTPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning appears in the vehicle informa-tion display when the low tire pressure

warning light is illuminated and low tirepressure is detected. The “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning turns off whenthe low tire pressure warning lightturns off.The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning does not appear if the low tirepressure warning light illuminates toindicate a TPMS malfunction.

. The “Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warningappears in the vehicle information dis-play when the low tire pressure warn-ing light is illuminated and one or moreflat tires are detected.

. Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’soperation and the outside temperature.Low outside temperature can lower thetemperature of the air inside the tirewhich can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tirepressure warning light to illuminate. Ifthe warning light illuminates in lowambient temperature, check the tirepressure for all four tires.

. You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) in thevehicle information display. (See “Ve-hicle information display” (P.2-20).)



For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P.2-14) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

WARNING


. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personalinjury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If the light still

illuminates while driving after adjustingthe tire pressure, a tire may be flat. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire (if so equipped). (See “Flattire” (P.6-3) for changing a flat tire.)



. If you detect any unusual sounds orvibrations while driving with a puncturedrun-flat tire, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. The tire may be seriouslydamaged and need to be replaced.

. When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will not function

and the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.


. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CAUTION

. The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped with tirechains or the wheels are buried in snow.

. Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of thesignals from the tire pressure sensors,and the TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of the

TPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some exam-ples are:

. Facilities or electric devices using simi-lar radio frequencies are near thevehicle.

. If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near thevehicle.

. If a computer (or similar equipment) ora DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:Changes or modification not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference,and

2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, include interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.

TPMS with Tire Inflation IndicatorWhen adding air to an under-inflated tire,the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signals out-side the vehicle to help you inflate the tiresto the recommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and levelplace.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition. Do not start the engine.

Operation:

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica-tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure isreached, the horn beeps once and thehazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

. If the tire is over-inflated more thanapproximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flash 3times. To correct the pressure, push thecore of the valve stem on the tire brieflyto release pressure. When the pressurereaches the designated pressure, thehorn beeps once.

. If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the Tire Inflation Indicator is notoperating.

. The TPMS will not activate the TireInflation Indicator under the followingconditions:— If there is interference from an

external device or transmitter— The air pressure from the inflation

device such as those using a powersocket is not sufficient to inflate thetire



— If an electrical equipment is beingused in or near the vehicle

— There is a malfunction in the TPMSsystem

— There is a malfunction in the horn orhazard indicators

. If the Tire Inflation Indicator does notoperate due to TPMS interference,move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m)backward or forward and try again.

If the Tire Inflation Indicator is not working,use a tire pressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL-OVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of controlor an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-sive speed, high speed cornering, orsudden steering maneuvers, becausethese driving practices could cause you tolose control of your vehicle. As with anyvehicle, a loss of control could result in a

collision with other vehicles or objects, orcause the vehicle to rollover, particularly ifthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol ordrugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt asoutlined in the “Seat belts” (P.1-12) of thismanual, and also instruct your passengersto do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash,an unbelted or improperly belted person issignificantly more likely to be injured orkilled than a person properly wearing aseat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERYIf driving the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface.Maintain control of the vehicle by followingthe procedure below. Please note that thisprocedure is only a general guide. Thevehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle,road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while thevehicle speed is reduced. Do notattempt to drive the vehicle back ontothe road surface until vehicle speed isreduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turnthe steering wheel until both tiresreturn to the road surface. When alltires are on the road surface, steer thevehicle to stay in the appropriatedriving lane.. If you decide that it is not safe to

return the vehicle to the road surfacebased on vehicle, road or trafficconditions, gradually slow the vehi-cle to a stop in a safe place off theroad.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSSRapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused bydriving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect thehandling and stability of the vehicle,especially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss bymaintaining the correct air pressure andvisually inspect the tires for wear anddamage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) ofthis manual.

If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving maintain controlof the vehicle by following the procedurebelow. Please note that this procedure isonly a general guide. The vehicle must bedriven as appropriate based on the condi-tions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause a

collision and result in personal injury.

. The vehicle generally moves or pulls inthe direction of the flat tire.

. Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

. Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

. Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steeringwheel with both hands and try to hold astraight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release theaccelerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safelocation off the road and away fromtraffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu-ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashersand either contact a roadside emer-gency service to change the tire or see“Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4) of thisOwner’s Manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol ordrugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reducescoordination, delays reaction time and im-pairs judgement. Driving after drinkingalcohol increases the likelihood of beinginvolved in an accident injuring yourself andothers. Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the severityof the injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving.However, you must choose not to driveunder the influence of alcohol. Every yearthousands of people are injured or killed inalcohol-related accidents. Although thelocal laws vary on what is considered tobe legally intoxicated, the fact is thatalcohol affects all people differently andmost people underestimate the effects ofalcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs).



Don’t drive if your ability to operate yourvehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, orsome other physical condition.

INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL DRIVE(AWD) DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU-TIONS (AWD models)

WARNING

. Do not drive beyond the performancecapability of the tires, even with Intelli-gent AWD engaged. Accelerating quickly,sharp steering maneuvers or suddenbraking may cause loss of control.

. Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

. This vehicle is not designed for off-road(rough road) use. Do not drive on sandyor muddy roads that tires may get stuckin.

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission to

any D (Drive) or R (Reverse) position withthe engine running. Doing so may resultin drivetrain damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personalinjury.

. Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing), or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

. When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively.

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except in anemergency. (The engine will stop when theignition switch is pushed 3 consecutivetimes or the ignition switch is pushed andheld for more than 2 seconds.) If the enginestops while the vehicle is being driven, thiscould lead to a crash and serious injury.

Before operating the push-button ignitionswitch, be sure to move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

SSD0659

OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINESTART FUNCTIONThe Intelligent Key can only be used forstarting the engine when the IntelligentKey is within the specified operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves arepresent near the operating location, theIntelligent Key system’s operating rangebecomes narrower and may not functionproperly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the Intelligent

Key, to push the ignition switch to start theengine.

. The trunk area is not included in theoperating range but the Intelligent Keymay function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed on theinstrument panel, rear parcel shelf,inside the glove box or door pocket,the Intelligent Key may not function.

. If the Intelligent Key is placed near thedoor or window outside the vehicle, theIntelligent Key may function.

JVS0241X

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHOPERATIONWhen the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch position will change as follows:

. Push center once to change to ACC.

. Push center two times to change to ON.

. Push center three times to change toOFF. (No position illuminates.)

. Push center four times to return to ACC.

. Open or close any door to return toLOCK during the OFF position.



If the battery of the vehicle is discharged,the push-button ignition switch cannot beturned from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for opera-tion are displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display between the speedometer andtachometer. (See “Vehicle information dis-play” (P.2-20).)

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch position cannot be switchedto LOCK until the shift lever is moved to theP (Park) position.

When the ignition switch cannot be pushedtoward the LOCK position, proceed asfollows:

1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position.

2. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition. The ignition switch positionindicator will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The ignition switch willchange to the LOCK position.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is inthe ON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCHPOSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)The ignition switch can only be locked inthis position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked whenit is pushed to the ACC position whilecarrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories)This position activates electrical acces-sories such as the radio, when the engineis not running.

ON (Normal operating position)This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

OFFThe engine can be turned off in thisposition.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be switched to theLOCK position until the shift lever is movedto the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the push-button ignition switch in ACC or ON posi-tions when the engine is not running for anextended period. This can discharge thebattery.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFFTo shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

JVS0264X

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS-CHARGEIf the battery of the Intelligent Key isdischarged, or environmental conditionsinterfere with the Intelligent Key operation,start the engine according to the followingprocedure:

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with theIntelligent Key as illustrated. (A chimewill sound.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depres-sing the brake pedal within 10 secondsafter the chime sounds. The engine willstart.

After step 3 is performed, when theignition switch is pushed without depres-sing the brake pedal, the ignition switchposition will change to ACC.

NOTE:. When the ignition switch is pushed to

the ACC or ON position or the engine isstarted by the above procedures, theIntelligent Key battery discharge indi-cator appears in the vehicle informa-tion display even if the Intelligent Keyis inside the vehicle. This is not amalfunction. To turn off the IntelligentKey battery discharge indicator, touchthe ignition switch with the IntelligentKey again.

. If the Intelligent Key battery dischargeindicator appears, replace the batteryas soon as possible. (See “IntelligentKey battery replacement” (P.8-24).)

. Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

. Check fluid levels such as engine oil,coolant, brake fluid and windowwasher fluid as frequently as possible,or at least whenever you refuel.

. Check that all windows and lights areclean.

. Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also check tires forproper inflation.

. Lock all doors.

. Position seat and adjust head re-straints.

. Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

. Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

. Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is pushed tothe ON position. (See “Warning/indica-tor lights and audible reminders” (P.2-12).)


BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE


1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position. (P is recommended.)

The starter is designed not to operateunless the shift lever is in either of theabove positions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ONposition. Depress the brake pedal andpush the ignition switch to start theengine.

To start the engine immediately, pushand release the ignition switch whiledepressing the brake pedal with theignition switch in any position.. If the engine is very hard to start in

extremely cold weather or whenrestarting, depress the acceleratorpedal a little (approximately 1/3 tothe floor) and while holding, crankthe engine. Release the acceleratorpedal when the engine starts.

. If the engine is very hard to startbecause it is flooded, depress theaccelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and hold it. Push the ignitionswitch to the ON position to startcranking the engine. After 5 or 6seconds, stop cranking by pushingthe ignition switch to OFF. After

cranking the engine, release theaccelerator pedal. Crank the enginewith your foot off the acceleratorpedal by depressing the brake pedaland pushing the push-button igni-tion switch to start the engine. If theengine starts, but fails to run, repeatthe above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than 15seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, push the ignition switch to OFF andwait 10 seconds before cranking again,otherwise the starter could be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes beforeshutting it off. Starting and stoppingthe engine over a short period of timemay make the vehicle more difficult tostart.

When racing the engine up to 4,500rpm or more under no load condition,the engine will enter the fuel cut mode.

5. To stop the engine, shift the shift leverto the P (Park) position and push theignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:1. Installation or extended use of electro-

nic accessories that consume batterypower when the engine is not running(Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players,etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

STARTING THE ENGINE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONThe automatic transmission in your vehicleis electronically controlled by a transmis-sion control module to produce maximumefficiency and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are therecommended operating procedures forthis transmission. Follow these proceduresfor maximum vehicle performance anddriving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicleAfter starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the shift leverbutton before shifting the shift lever to theR (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive) orManual shift mode position. Be sure thevehicle is fully stopped before attemptingto shift the shift lever.

This Automatic Transmission (AT) model isdesigned so that the foot brake pedalmust be depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any drive position while theignition switch is in the ON position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of theP (Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switch ispushed to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand push the shift lever button to shiftinto a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING

. Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) ormanual shift mode. Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

. Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

. Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while vehicle is moving forward. Nevershift to P (Park) or D (Drive) while vehicleis moving rearward. Failure to do socould cause you to lose control and havean accident.

CAUTION

. When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

. Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

. Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.


DRIVING THE VEHICLE


JVS0186X

Shift leverTo move the shift lever,

: Push the button while depressing thebrake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the shift lever.

ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the shift lever from P(Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D (Drive)or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can beselected without pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever isin any position while the engine is notrunning. Failure to do so could cause thevehicle to move unexpectedly or roll awayand result in serious personal injury orproperty damage.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completely stoppedand the transmission is in the P (Park)position.

P (Park) position:

Use this position when the vehicle isparked or when starting the engine. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped. Thebrake pedal must be depressed and theshift lever button pushed in to move theshift lever from the N (Neutral) position orany drive position to the P (Park) position.Apply the parking brake. When parking ona hill, apply the parking brake first, thenmove the shift lever to the P (Park)

position.

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always besure the vehicle is completely stoppedbefore selecting the R (Reverse) position.The brake pedal must be depressed andthe shift lever button pushed in to movethe shift lever from the P (Park) position,the N (Neutral) position or any driveposition to the R (Reverse) position.

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to the N (Neutral)position and restart a stalled engine whilethe vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

JVS0187X

Paddle shifters (if so equipped)

Manual shift modeWhen the shift lever is in the manual shiftgate, the transmission is ready for themanual shift mode. Shift ranges can beselected manually by moving the shift leverup or down, or pulling the right-side or left-side paddle shifter (if so equipped).

When shifting up, move the shift lever tothe + (up) side or pull the right-side paddleshifter (+) *A (if so equipped). Thetransmission shifts to the higher range.

When shifting down, move the shift lever tothe − (down) side or pull the left-sidepaddle shifter (−) *B (if so equipped). The

transmission shifts to the lower range.

When canceling the manual shift mode,return the shift lever to the D (Drive)position. The transmission returns to thenormal driving mode.

When you pull the paddle shifter (if soequipped) while in the D (Drive) position,the transmission will shift to the upper orlower range temporarily. The transmissionwill automatically return to the D (Drive)position after a short period of time. If youwant to return to the D (Drive) positionmanually, pull and hold the paddle shifterfor about 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed in the vehicle information dis-play.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

1M ?/ 2M ?

/ 3M ?/ 4M ?

/ 5M ?/ 6M ?

/7M

7M (7th):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.

6M (6th) and 5M (5th):

Use these positions when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking when driving

down long slopes.

4M (4th), 3M (3rd) and 2M (2nd):

Use these positions for hill climbing orengine braking on downhill grades.

1M (1st):

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or driving slowly through deepsnow, or for maximum engine braking onsteep downhill grades.

. Remember not to drive at high speedsfor extended periods of time in lowerthan 7th gear. This reduces fuel econ-omy.

. Moving the shift lever rapidly to thesame side twice will shift the ranges insuccession.

. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gearor may automatically shift to the othergear. This helps maintain driving per-formance and reduces the chance ofvehicle damage or loss of control.

. When the transmission does not shiftto the selected gear, the AutomaticTransmission (AT) position indicator (inthe vehicle information display) willblink and the buzzer will sound.



. In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desiredrange.

Accelerator downshift — In D (Drive)position —

For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into the lowergear, depending on the vehicle speed.

Fail-safeWhen the fail-safe operation occurs, notethat the transmission will be locked in anyof the forward gears according to thecondition.

If the vehicle is driven under extremeconditions, such as excessive wheel spin-ning and subsequent hard braking, thefail-safe system may be activated. This willoccur even if all electrical circuits arefunctioning properly. In this case, pushthe ignition switch to the OFF position andwait for 3 seconds. Then push the ignitionswitch back to the ON position. The vehicleshould return to its normal operatingcondition. If it does not return to its

normal operating condition, have anINFINITI retailer check the transmissionand repair if necessary.

JVS0188X

Shift lock releaseIf the battery charge is low or discharged,the shift lever may not be moved from the P(Park) position even with the brake pedaldepressed and the shift lever buttonpushed.

To move the shift lever, perform thefollowing procedure:

1. Push the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock cover *A using asuitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock *B usingmechanical key as illustrated.

5. Push the shift lever button *C andmove the shift lever to N (Neutral)position *D while holding down theshift lock.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have an INFINITI retailer check theautomatic transmission system as soon aspossible.

Adaptive Shift Control (ASC)The adaptive shift control system automa-tically operates when the transmission isin the D (Drive) position and selects anappropriate gear depending on the roadconditions such as uphill, downhill orcurving roads.

Control on uphill and curving roads:

A low gear is maintained that suits thedegree of the slope or curve to allowsmooth driving with a small number ofshifts.

Control on downhill roads:

The adaptive shift control system shifts toa low gear that suits the degree of theslope, and uses the engine braking toreduce the number of times that the brake

must be used.

Control on winding roads:

A low gear is maintained on continuouscurves that involve repeated accelerationand deceleration, so that smooth accelera-tion is available instantly when the accel-erator pedal is depressed.

NOTE:. Adaptive shift control may not operate

when the transmission oil temperatureis low immediately after the start ofdriving or when it is very hot.

. During some driving situations, hardbraking for example, the adaptive shiftcontrol may automatically operate. Thetransmission may automatically shiftto a lower gear for engine braking. Thisincreases engine speed but not vehiclespeed. Vehicle speed is controlled bythe accelerator pedal when the vehicleis in the Adaptive shift control mode.

. When the adaptive shift control oper-ates, the transmission sometimesmaintains a lower gear for a longerperiod of time than when adaptive shiftcontrol is not operating. Engine speedwill be higher for a specific vehiclespeed while ASC system is operating

than when ASC is not operating.

NAVI Shift Control (if so equipped)NAVI Shift Control automatically adjuststhe Automatic Transmission (AT) gear posi-tion in certain situations based on roadinformation from the navigation system.

When the navigation system detects thatthe vehicle is approaching a curved road,NAVI Shift Control will adjust the gearposition if needed to help the driver runthrough the curve smoothly.

Precaution on NAVI shift control:

. The NAVI Shift Control does not providesteering input or automated driving ona curve. It is not a speed limit supportsystem and will not modify your speedaccording to local speed limits.

. The NAVI Shift Control is a convenientsystem intended to help the vehiclemove through a curve smoothly. How-ever, the driver must always drivesafely and use the brake pedal ifneeded.

. The NAVI Shift Control may be delayedor not operate properly in the followingsituations, because this function usesthe road information provided by thenavigation system.



— When the navigation system cannotaccurately detect the location of thevehicle.

— When the vehicle is driving on aroadway that is not recognized bythe navigation system.

— When the actual roadway differsfrom the map information on thenavigation system due to road con-struction, traffic lane obstructions,etc.

. The NAVI Shift Control may not operateproperly in the following situations:— If the vehicle’s transmission, engine,

and/or navigation system, and/orGPS is malfunctioning.

— If the vehicle speed is higher than74 MPH (120 km/h) or lower than19 MPH (30 km/h) and/or transmis-sion gear is outside the operatingrange of the system.

— When the vehicle is driving on afreeway.

— When the vehicle is driving on agentle curve

— When the vehicle is driving with theshift lever except in the D (Drive)position.

JVS0246X

How to enable/disable the NAVI ShiftControl:

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the NAVI shift control.

1. Push the MENU button *1 and touch[Settings] on the lower display.

2. Touch [Drive Mode Enhancement Set-tings].

3. Touch [Navi Shift Control] and select theON (enabled) or OFF (disabled).

WARNING

. Be sure the parking brake is fullyreleased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

. Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

. Do not use the gear shift in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

. Do not leave children unattended in avehicle. They could release the parkingbrake and cause an accident.

PARKING BRAKE

SPA2331

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal *1 .

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake *2 .

2. Depress the parking brake pedal *1and the parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

JVS0189X

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector

JVS0191M

Five driving modes can be selected byusing the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector(PERSONAL, SPORT, STANDARD, ECO andSNOW).

NOTE:

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectorselects a mode, the mode may not switchimmediately. This is not a malfunction.

The current mode is displayed in thevehicle information display.

To change the mode, push the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector up or down. The modelist will appear on the upper display andyou can select the mode.

PERSONAL Û SPORT Û STANDARD Û ECOÛ SNOW

NOTE:

The mode list will be turned off inapproximately 5 seconds after the modeis selected.

STANDARD MODEAllows for optimum driving according tothe driving conditions.

This mode will be selected first each timethe engine is started.


INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR


SPORT MODEAdjusts the engine and transmissionpoints for a higher response. The settingof the steering system is adjusted toprovide a quick steering response and aheavy steering effort.

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may bereduced.

SNOW MODEChanges the engine characteristics to aiddriving on slippery roads.

ECO MODEAssists the driver’s eco-driving. The engineand transmission points are adjusted forimproved fuel economy, providing such adriving features as smooth starting orconstant cruising.

NOTE:

Selecting the ECO mode will not necessa-rily improve fuel economy as many drivingfactors influence its effectiveness.

OperationSelect the ECO mode using the INFINITIDrive Mode Selector. The ECO drive indi-cator light on the instrument panel illumi-

nates.

When the accelerator pedal is depressedwithin the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light illuminates in green.When the accelerator pedal is depressedabove the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light turns off. For ECOpedal system equipped models, see “ECOpedal system” (P.5-22).

The ECO drive indicator light will notilluminate in the following cases:

. When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

. When the vehicle speed is below 2 MPH(3.2 km/h) or over 90 MPH (144 km/h).

. When the cruise control (if so equipped)or the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system (if so equipped) is operated.

ECO pedal system (if so equipped)The ECO pedal system helps assist thedriver to improve fuel economy by increas-ing the reaction force of the acceleratorpedal. When the ECO drive indicator light isblinking or remains off, the ECO pedalsystem increases the reaction force of theaccelerator pedal.

JVS0303X

When the ECO drive indicator illuminates ingreen, the accelerator reaction force isnormal. When the ECO drive indicator lightis blinking or remains off, the ECO pedalsystem increases the reaction force of theaccelerator pedal.

The ECO pedal system may not varyaccelerator reaction force under the follow-ing conditions:

. When the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)or R (Reverse) position.

. When Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) isbeing operated.

If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The ECO pedal

system will not vary the reaction force ofthe accelerator pedal.

When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector isrotated from the ECO mode to anothermode (STANDARD, SPORT, SNOW or PER-SONAL) while the ECO pedal system isoperating, the ECO pedal system continuesto operate until the accelerator pedal isreleased.

If the accelerator pedal is depressedquickly, the ECO pedal system will notincrease the reaction force of the accelera-tion pedal. The ECO pedal system is notdesigned to prevent the vehicle fromaccelerating.

Adjusting the ECO pedal system reactionforce:

The ECO pedal system reaction force canbe adjusted. The reaction force setting willbe maintained until the setting is changedeven if the engine is turned off.

JVS0246X

Setting ECO pedal reaction force:


2. Touch [Drive Mode Enhancement Set-tings].

3. Touch [ECO Pedal].

4. To set the reaction force of the ECOpedal system, touch [Standard] or[Soft].

5. To turn off the ECO pedal system, touch[OFF].

When the ECO pedal system is turned off,the accelerator will operate normally.

PERSONAL MODEWhen the PERSONAL mode is selected, thefollowing functions can be adjusted indivi-dually.

. Engine·Transmission

. Steering (models with Direct AdaptiveSteering)

. Active Trace Control



JVS0246X

How to set the PERSONAL modePerform the following steps to set thePERSONAL mode.

1. Push the MENU button *1 and touch[Infiniti Drive Mode Selector] on thelower display.

2. Touch [Engine·Transmission], [Steering]or [Active Trace Control] and select eachitem. (See “Engine·Transmission”,“Steering” and “Active Trace Control”about the feature of each item.)

3. Touch [Back] or [Home] to finish thePERSONAL mode setting.

Engine·Transmission:

“Engine·Transmission” can be set to[Sport], [Eco], [Standard] or [Snow].

Steering (models with Direct AdaptiveSteering):

Four combinations of steering effort andsteering response can be set.

Steering effort Steering response

Standard Standard

Standard Quick

Heavy Quick

Light Casual

Active Trace Control:

“Active Trace Control” can be set to ON(enabled) or OFF (disabled).

For details about the Active Trace Control,see “Active trace control” (P.5-110).

Restore Default Settings:

Touch [Restore Default Settings] to restoreall the PERSONAL mode settings to default.

Active Lane Control enables the driver tomake fewer steering corrections on free-ways.

ACTIVE LANE CONTROL (if so equipped)

JVS0231X

Active Lane Control slightly corrects fronttire angles and steering wheel torque tohelp reduce the difference between thevehicle’s direction and the lane direction*2 which is detected by using the cameraunit *1 located above the inside mirror.

JVS0251X



PRECAUTIONS ON ACTIVE LANECONTROL

WARNING

. Active Lane Control will not always steerthe vehicle to keep it in the lane. It is notdesigned to prevent loss of control. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in thetraveling lane, and be in control ofvehicle at all times.

. Active Lane Control is primarily intendedfor use on well-developed freeways orhighways. It may not detect the lanemarkers for certain roads, weather ordriving conditions.

. Using Active Lane Control under someconditions of road, lane marker orweather, or if you attempt to changelanes without using the lane changesignal could lead to an unexpectedsystem operation. In such conditions,you need to correct the vehicle’s direc-tion with your steering operation toavoid accidents.

. When Active Lane Control is operating,avoid excessive or sudden steering

maneuvers. Otherwise, you could losecontrol of the vehicle.

. Active Lane Control will not operate atspeeds below approximately 45 MPH (70km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.

. Active Lane Control may not operateproperly under the following conditions,and do not use Active Lane Control:


— When driving on slippery roads,such as on ice or snow, etc.

— When driving on winding or unevenroads.

— When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs.

— When driving in a makeshift lane.

— When driving on roads where thelane width is too narrow.

— When driving with a tire that is notwithin normal tire conditions (forexample, tire wear, low tire pressure,installation of spare tire, tire chains,non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original steering parts or sus-

pension parts.

. If Active Lane Control malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The chassiscontrol warning will appear in thevehicle information display.

. If the chassis control warning appears,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle. Turn the engine off andrestart the engine. If the chassis controlwarning continues to illuminate, haveActive Lane Control checked by anINFINITI retailer.

The functions of Active Lane Control may ormay not operate properly under the follow-ing conditions:

. On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers; lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly;yellow painted lane markers; non-stan-dard lane markers; lane markers cov-ered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

. On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

. On roads where there are sharp curves.

. On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as shadows,snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines

remaining after road repairs. (ActiveLane Control could detect these itemsas lane markers.)

. On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

. When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane marker.

. When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs the lanecamera unit detection range.

. When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindshield in front of the lane cameraunit.

. When the headlights are not bright dueto dirt on the lens or if the aiming is notadjusted properly.

. When strong light enters the lanecamera unit. (For example, the lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

. When a sudden change in brightnessoccurs. (For example, when the vehicleenters or exits a tunnel or under abridge.)

. When entering or exiting tollgates.

. When driving on roads with a wideningor narrowing lane width.

ACTIVE LANE CONTROL OPERATIONActive Lane Control operates under thefollowing conditions:

. When the vehicle is driven at speeds ofapproximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) andabove.

. When the Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) system is enabled in the settingsmenu on the lower display. To turn onthe LDP system, see “Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) system” (P.5-33).

. When Active Lane Control is enabled inthe settings menu on the lower display. JVS0206X

Dynamic driver assistance switchActive Lane Control turns on when thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel is pushed and [Active LaneControl] and [Lane Departure Prevention]are enabled in the settings menu on thelower display. See “How to enable/disablethe LDP system” (P.5-35).



JVS0248X

The status of Active Lane Control in thevehicle information display is displayed asfollows.

. When Active Lane Control is turned on,the chassis control *A is displayed.

. When Active Lane Control is operationalor is operating, the chassis control *Bis displayed.

For setting of chassis control display in thevehicle information display, see InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual.

JVS0246X

Active Lane Control settingsPerform the following steps to set ActiveLane Control.

1. Push the MENU button *1 and touch[Driver Assistance] on the lower dis-play.

2. Touch [Lane Assist].

3. Touch [Active Lane Control].

4. Touch [Active Lane Control setting] andselect [Low] or [High] to change thesetting of Active Lane Control.

NOTE:

If the Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)system setting is OFF, Active Lane Controlcannot be operated. To use Active LaneControl, set the LDP system to ON.

AUTOMATIC DEACTIVATIONActive Lane Control is not designed tooperate under the following conditions:

. When the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system (except TCS function) orABS operates.

. When you operate the lane changesignal and change the traveling lanesin the direction of the signal. (ActiveLane Control is deactivated for approxi-mately 2 seconds after the lane changesignal is turned off.)

. When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h).

. When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

After the above conditions have finishedand the operating conditions are satisfiedagain, Active Lane Control will resumeoperation.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperatureIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 1048F (408C)) and thenActive Lane Control is turned on, ActiveLane Control may be deactivated automa-tically. The high cabin temperature mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn Active Lane Control back on.

SSD0453

LANE CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCEThe lane camera unit *1 for Active LaneControl is located above the inside mirror.To keep the proper operation of Active LaneControl and prevent a system malfunction,be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the windshield clean.

. Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install anaccessory near the camera unit.

. Do not place reflective materials, suchas white paper or a mirror, on theinstrument panel. The reflection ofsunlight may adversely affect the cam-



era unit’s capability of detecting thelane markers.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. If thecamera unit is damaged due to anaccident, contact an INFINITI retailer.

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) sys-tem/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) sys-tem will operate when the vehicle is drivenat speeds of approximately 45 MPH (70km/h) and above, and when it is travelingclose to either the left or the right of atraveling lane.

Each system functions as follows:

. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system— warns the driver by the warning inthe vehicle information display andchime that the vehicle is beginning toleave the driving lane.

. Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system— warns the driver by the warning inthe vehicle information display andchime, and helps assist the driver toreturn the vehicle to the center direc-tion of the traveling lane by operatingthe steering system to the right or left(for a short period of time).

JVS0231X

JVS0308X

Driver assist system lane indicator

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM/LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION(LDP) SYSTEM (if so equipped)

The LDW and LDP systems monitor the lanemarkers on the traveling lane using thecamera unit *1 located above the insidemirror. When the camera unit detects thatthe vehicle is traveling close to either theleft or the right of the traveling lane, thedriver assist system lane indicator (orange)in the vehicle information display blinksand a warning chime sounds. When theLDP system is on, it will automaticallyapply a steering operation for a shortperiod of time.

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM

Precautions on LDW system

WARNING

. This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of a potential unin-tended lane departure. It will not steerthe vehicle or prevent loss of control. Itis the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehicle inthe traveling lane, and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times.

. The system will not operate at speeds

below approximately 45 MPH (70 km/h)or if it cannot detect lane markers.

. If the LDW system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically, and the LDW mal-function message will appear in thevehicle information display.

. If the LDW malfunction message ap-pears, pull off the road to a safe locationand stop the vehicle. Turn the engine offand restart the engine. If the LDWmalfunction message continues to ap-pear, have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chimemay not be heard.

The system may not function properlyunder the following conditions:

. On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers; lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly;yellow painted lane markers; non-stan-dard lane markers; or lane markerscovered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

. On roads where the discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

. On roads where there are sharp curves.

. On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as shadows,snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or linesremaining after road repairs. (The LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system coulddetect these items as lane markers.)










JVS0308X


LDW system operationThe LDW system provides a lane departurewarning function when the vehicle is drivenat speeds of approximately 45 MPH (70km/h) and above. When the vehicleapproaches either the left or the right sideof the traveling lane, a warning chime willsound and the driver assist system laneindicator (orange) in the vehicle informa-tion display will blink to alert the driver.

The warning function will stop when thevehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

The LDW system is not designed to warnunder the following conditions.

. When you operate the lane changesignal and change traveling lanes inthe direction of the signal. (The LDWsystem will become operable againapproximately 2 seconds after the lanechange signal is turned off.)


. When the Blind Spot InterventionTM

(BSI) system activates an audible warn-ing or steering control.

After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditions aresatisfied, the LDW functions will resume.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperatureIf the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 1048F (408C) and thenstarted, the LDW system may be deacti-vated automatically. The high cabin tem-perature warning message will appear inthe vehicle information display.

When the interior temperature is reduced,the LDW system will resume operatingautomatically.

JVS0246X

Turning the LDW system ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn theLDW system on or off.



3. Touch [Lane Departure Warning] to turnthe system ON/OFF.

LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION(LDP) SYSTEM

Precautions on LDP system

WARNING

. The LDP system will not always steer thevehicle to keep it in the lane. It is notdesigned to prevent loss of control. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in thetraveling lane, and be in control ofvehicle at all times.

. The LDP system is primarily intended foruse on well-developed freeways or high-ways. It may not detect the lane markersin certain roads, weather or drivingconditions.

. Using the LDP system under someconditions of road, lane marker orweather, or when you change laneswithout using the lane change signalcould lead to an unexpected systemoperation. In such conditions, you needto correct the vehicle’s direction withyour steering operation to avoid acci-dents.

. When the LDP system is operating, avoidexcessive or sudden steering maneu-vers. Otherwise, you could lose controlof the vehicle.

. The LDP system will not operate atspeeds below approximately 45 MPH(70 km/h) or if it cannot detect lanemarkers.

. The LDP system may not functionproperly under the following conditions,and do not use the LDP system:







— When driving with a tire that is notwithin normal tire conditions (forexample, tire wear, low tire pressure,installation of spare tire, tire chains,

non-standard wheels).

— When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original steering parts or sus-pension parts.

. If the LDP system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically. The LDP “malfunc-tion” message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

. If the “malfunction” message appears,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle. Turn the engine off andrestart the engine. If the “malfunction”message continues to appear, have theLDP system checked by an INFINITIretailer.


The functions of the LDP system (warningand steering control assist) may or may notoperate properly under the following con-ditions:

. On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers; lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly;yellow painted lane markers; non-stan-dard lane markers; lane markers cov-



ered with water, dirt, snow, etc.. On roads where discontinued lane

markers are still detectable.. On roads where there are sharp curves.. On roads where there are sharply

contrasting objects, such as shadows,snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or linesremaining after road repairs. (The LDPsystem could detect these items aslane markers.)








JVS0308X


LDP system operationThe LDP system provides a lane departurewarning and steering control assistancewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds ofapproximately 45 MPH (70 km/h) andabove. When the vehicle approaches eitherthe left or the right side of the travelinglane, a warning chime will sound and thedriver assist system lane indicator (orange)will blink to alert the driver. Then, the LDPsystem will automatically apply the steer-ing for a short period of time to help assistthe driver to return the vehicle to the centerof the traveling lane.

The warning and assist functions will stopwhen the vehicle returns to a positioninside of the lane marker.

JVS0206X

Dynamic driver assistance switchThe LDP system turns on when the dynamicdriver assistance switch on the steeringwheel is pushed when the [Lane DeparturePrevention] is enabled in the settings menuon the lower display. The driver assistsystem lane indicator (green) illuminates inthe vehicle information display when theLDP system is turned on.

JVS0246X

How to enable/disable the LDPsystemPerform the following steps to enable ordisable the LDP system.



3. Touch [Lane Departure Prevention] toenable or disable the system.



Automatic deactivationCondition A:

The warning and assist functions of theLDP system are not designed to work underthe following conditions:

. When you operate the lane changesignal and change the traveling lanesin the direction of the signal. (The LDPsystem will be deactivated for approxi-mately 2 seconds after the lane changesignal is turned off.)


. When the BSI system activates anaudible warning or steering control.

After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditions aresatisfied, the warning and assist functionswill resume.

Condition B:

The assist function of the LDP system is notdesigned to work under the followingconditions (warning is still functional):

. When the steering wheel is turned asfar as necessary for the vehicle tochange lanes.

. When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed while the steering controlassist is provided.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)approach warning occurs.

. When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

. When driving on a curve at high speed.After the above conditions have finishedand the necessary operating conditions aresatisfied, the LDP steering control assistfunction will resume.

Condition C:

Under the following conditions, a beep willsound and the LDP system will be canceledautomatically. The “LDP currently unavail-able” message will appear in the vehicleinformation display, and the LDP systemcannot be activated:

. When the VDC system (except TCSfunction) or ABS operates.

. When the VDC system is turned off.

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn the LDP system back on.

Temporary disabled status at high tem-perature:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 1048F (408C)) and then theLDP system is turned on, the LDP systemmay be deactivated automatically. The“high cabin temperature” message willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn the LDP system back on.

LANE CAMERA UNIT MAINTENANCEThe LDW/LDP system uses the same lanecamera unit that is used by Active LaneControl, located above the inside mirror.

For maintenance of the camera, see “Lanecamera unit maintenance” (P.5-29).

This section contains the informationabout the following systems:

. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system

. Blind Spot InterventionTM (BSI) system

. Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)system

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW) SYS-TEM/BLIND SPOT INTERVENTIONTM

(BSI) SYSTEMThe Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and BlindSpot InterventionTM (BSI) systems can helpalert the driver of other vehicles inadjacent lanes when changing lanes.

JVS0232X

The BSW system uses radar sensors *1installed near the rear bumper to detectother vehicles in an adjacent lane. Inaddition to the radar sensors, the BSIsystem uses a camera *2 installed behindthe windshield to monitor the lane markersof your traveling lane.

SSD1030

Detection zoneThe radar sensors can detect vehicles oneither side of your vehicle within thedetection zone shown as illustrated. Thisdetection zone starts from the outsidemirror of your vehicle and extends approxi-mately 10 ft (3 m) behind the rear bumper,and approximately 10 ft (3 m) sideways.


BLIND SPOT WARNING/BLIND SPOTINTERVENTIONTM/BACK-UP COLLISIONINTERVENTION SYSTEMS (if so equipped)


SSD1028

Side indicator lightThe BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 MPH (32 km/h). If the radarsensors detect vehicles in the detectionzone, the side indicator light illuminates. Ifthe driver then activates the turn signal, achime will sound twice and the sideindicator light will flash.

The BSI system operates above approxi-mately 37 MPH (60 km/h). If the systemdetects a vehicle in the detection zone andyour vehicle is approaching the lanemarker, the BSI system provides an audi-ble warning (three times), flashes the sideindicator light and slightly applies thesteering for a short period of time to help

return the vehicle back to the travelinglane. The BSI system provides an audiblewarning and turns on or flashes the sideindicator light even if the BSW system isoff.

WARNING

. The BSW and BSI systems are not areplacement for proper driving procedureand are not designed to prevent contactwith vehicles or objects. When changinglanes, always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in the direc-tion you will move to ensure it is safe tochange lanes. Never rely solely on theBSW or BSI system.

. Using the BSI system under some road,lane marker or weather conditions couldlead to improper system operation. Al-ways rely on your own steering andbraking operation to avoid accidents.

. The BSW and BSI systems may notprovide a warning or steering controlfor vehicles that pass through thedetection zone quickly.

SSD1028

Side indicator light

BSW system operationIf the radar sensors detect vehicles in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightlocated inside the vehicle (near the outsidemirrors) illuminates. If the turn signal isthen activated, the side indicator lightflashes and a chime sounds twice. Theside indicator light continues to flash untilthe detected vehicles leave the detectionzone.

The side indicator lights illuminate for afew seconds when the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

The brightness of the side indicator lightsis adjusted automatically depending on thebrightness of the ambient light.

A chime sounds if the radar sensors havealready detected vehicles when the driveractivates the turn signal. If a vehicle comesinto the detection zone after the driveractivates the turn signal, then only the sideindicator light flashes and no chimesounds. (See “BSW/BSI driving situations”(P.5-43).)

JVS0246X

Turning the BSW system ON/OFF:

Perform the following steps to turn theBSW system on or off.


2. Touch [Blind Spot Assist].

3. Touch [Blind Spot Warning] to turn thesystem ON/OFF.

Setting the side indicator light brightness:

The brightness of the side indicator lightscan be changed in the following steps:

1. Push the MENU button *1 and touch

[Driver Assistance] on the lower dis-play.


3. Touch [Side Indicator Brightness] andselect [Bright], [Standard] or [Dark].

When the brightness setting is changed,the side indicator lights illuminate for afew seconds.



SSD1028


BSI system operationIf the radar sensors detect vehicles in thedetection zone, the side indicator lightlocated inside the vehicle (near the outsidemirrors) illuminates. If your vehicle isapproaching a lane marker, the sideindicator light flashes and an audiblewarning will sound three times. Then thesystem applies the steering for a shortperiod of time to help return the vehicleback to the center of the lane. BSI operatesregardless of turn signal usage.

NOTE:. Warning and steering control will only

be activated if the side indicator lightis already illuminated when your vehi-cle approaches a lane marker. Ifanother vehicle comes into the detec-tion zone after your vehicle hascrossed a lane marker, no warning orsteering control will be activated. (See“BSW/BSI driving situations” (P.5-43).)

. The BSI system is typically activatedearlier than the Lane Departure Pre-vention (LDP) system when your vehi-cle is approaching a lane marker.

JVS0206X

Dynamic driver assistance switch

JVS0309X

Driver assist system blind spot indicator

The BSI system turns on when the dynamicdriver assistance switch on the steeringwheel is pushed when the [Blind SpotIntervention] is enabled in the settingsmenu on the lower display. The driverassist system blind spot indicator (green)in the vehicle information display illumi-nates when the BSI system is turned on.

The BSI system provides an audible warn-ing and flashes the side indicator lightwhen BSI is activated even if the BSWsystem is off.

JVS0246X

How to enable/disable the BSI system:

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the BSI system.



3. Touch [Blind Spot Intervention] toenable or disable the system.

WARNING

. Do not use the BSI system under thefollowing conditions because the system

may not function properly.

— During bad weather (for example,rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.)







— When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original steering parts or sus-pension parts.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.



. The radar sensors may not be able todetect and activate BSI/BSW whencertain objects are present such as:— Pedestrians, bicycles, animals— Several types of vehicles such as

motorcycles— Oncoming vehicles— Vehicles remaining in the detection

zone when you accelerate from astop

— A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle

— A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind.

— A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

See also “BSW/BSI driving situations”(P.5-43) for the situations in which theradar sensors may not be able to detectvehicle(s).

. Severe weather or road spray condi-tions may reduce the ability of theradar to detect other vehicles.

. The radar sensors’ detection zone isdesigned based on a standard lanewidth. When driving in a wider lane, theradar sensors may not detect vehicles

in an adjacent lane. When driving in anarrow lane, the radar sensors maydetect vehicles driving two lanes away.

. The radar sensors are designed toignore most stationary objects, how-ever objects such as guardrails, walls,foliage and parked vehicles may occa-sionally be detected. This is a normaloperating condition.

. The camera may not detect lane mar-kers in the following situations and theBSI system may not operate properly.— On roads where there are multiple

parallel lane markers; lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly;yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; lane mar-kers covered with water, dirt, snow,etc.

— On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

— On roads where there are sharpcurves.

— On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as sha-dows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams or lines remaining after roadrepairs.

— On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

— When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarkers.

— When traveling close to the vehiclein front of you, which obstructs thelane camera unit detection range.

— When rain, snow or dirt adheres tothe windshield in front of a lanecamera unit.

— When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if aiming isnot adjusted properly.

— When strong light enters a lanecamera unit. (For example, lightdirectly shines on the front of thevehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

— When a sudden change in bright-ness occurs. (For example, when thevehicle enters or exits a tunnel orunder a bridge.)

SSD1026

BSW/BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Another vehicle approaching frombehindThe side indicator light illuminates if avehicle enters the detection zone frombehind in an adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle istraveling much faster than your vehicle,the side indicator light may not illuminatebefore the detected vehicle is beside yourvehicle. Always use the side and rearmirrors and turn and look in the directionyour vehicle will move to ensure it is safeto change lanes.

SSD1031

If the driver activates the turn signal, thenthe side indicator light flashes and a chimewill sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detection zone,the side indicator light will flash but nochime will sound when the other vehicle isdetected.

SSD1044

If the BSI system is on and your vehicle isapproaching a lane marker, the sideindicator light flashes and a chime willsound three times. Then the BSI systemslightly applies the steering to help returnthe vehicle back to the center of the drivinglane.



SSD1032

NOTE:

If you accelerate from a stop with a vehiclein the detection zone, the other vehiclemay not be detected.

SSD1033

Overtaking other vehiclesThe side indicator light illuminates if youovertake a vehicle and that vehicle stays inthe detection zone for approximately 3seconds.

The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

SSD1034

If the driver activates the turn signal whileanother vehicle is in the detection zone,then the side indicator light flashes and achime will sound twice.

SSD1093

If the BSI system is on and your vehicleapproaches a lane marker while anothervehicle is in the detection zone, the sideindicator light flashes and a chime willsound three times. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the steering to help returnthe vehicle back to the center of the drivinglane.

SSD1036

NOTE:

When overtaking several vehicles in a row,the vehicles after the first vehicle may notbe detected if they are traveling closetogether.



SSD1037

Entering from the sideThe side indicator light illuminates if avehicle enters the detection zone fromeither side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speedas your vehicle when it enters the detec-tion zone.

SSD1038

If the driver activates the turn signal, thenthe side indicator light flashes and a chimewill sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signalbefore a vehicle enters the detection zone,the side indicator light will flash but nochime will sound when another vehicle isdetected.

SSD1094

If the BSI system is on and your vehicleapproaches the lane marker while anothervehicle is in the detection zone, the sideindicator light flashes and a chime willsound three times. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the steering to help returnthe vehicle back to the center of the drivinglane.

SSD1040

NOTE:. The BSI system will not operate if your

vehicle is on a lane marker whenanother vehicle enters the detectionzone. In this case only the BSW systemoperates.

. BSI steering assist will not operate orwill stop operating and only a warningchime will sound under the followingconditions.— When the accelerator pedal is de-

pressed while steering control as-sist is provided.

— When steering quickly

— When the ICC, DCA, predictive for-ward collision warning or forwardemergency braking warnings sound.

— When the hazard warning flashersare operated.

— When driving on a curve at a highspeed.

BSW/BSI temporarily not availableCondition A:

. Under the following conditions, the BSIsystem will be turned off automatically,a beep will sound and the “currentlyunavailable” warning message willappear in the vehicle information dis-play. The BSW system is still available,but the BSI system will not be availableuntil the conditions no longer exist.— When the VDC system (except TCS

function) or ABS operates.— When the VDC system is turned off.— When the INFINITI Drive Mode Se-

lector is turned to the SNOW mode.Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn the BSI system back on.

Condition B:

BSW system: When radar blockage isdetected, the BSW system will be deacti-vated automatically, the “side radar ob-struction” warning message will appearand the driver assist system blind spotindicator (white) will blink in the vehicleinformation display.

BSI system: When radar blockage isdetected, the BSI system will be turnedoff automatically, a beep will sound andthe “side radar obstruction” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

The BSW and BSI systems are not availableuntil the conditions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked bytemporary ambient conditions such assplashing water, mist or fog. The blockedcondition may also be caused by objectssuch as ice, frost or dirt obstructing theradar sensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the BSW system will resume automatically.For the BSI system, turn it on again. If thedriver assist system blind spot indicator(white) continues to blink and/or the “side



radar obstruction” warning message ap-pears even after the BSI system is turnedon again, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand turn the engine off. Check for andremove objects obscuring the radar sen-sors on the rear bumper, and restart theengine.

Condition C:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 1048F (408C)) and then theBSI system is turned on, the BSI systemmay be deactivated automatically. The“high cabin temperature” warning mes-sage will appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,push the dynamic driver assistance switchagain to turn the BSI system back on.

BSW/BSI malfunctionWhen the BSW/BSI systems malfunction,they will be turned off automatically, abeep will sound, the and the system“malfunction” warning message with thedriver assist system blind spot indicator(orange) will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off and restart the engine.

If the system malfunction warning messagewith the driver assist system blind spotindicator (orange) continues to be dis-played, have the BSW/BSI systemschecked by an INFINITI retailer.

BACK-UP COLLISION INTERVENTION(BCI) SYSTEMThe Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI)system can help alert the driver ofapproaching vehicles or rear objects whenthe driver is backing out of a parkingspace.

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the BCIsystem operates.

JVS0233X

JVS0173X

JVS0234X

The BCI system uses radar sensors *1installed on both sides near the rearbumper to detect an approaching vehicleand sonar sensors *2 to detect objects inthe rear.

The radar sensors*1 detect the approach-ing vehicle from up to approximately 49 ft(15 m) away. The sonar sensors *2 detecta rear obstacle at up to approximately 4.9ft (1.5 m) from the bumper. Refer to theillustration for approximate zone coverageareas *3 .

If the radar detects a vehicle approachingfrom the side or the sonar detects closeobjects in the rear, the system gives visual

and audible warnings, and then appliesthe brake for a moment when the vehicle ismoving backwards. After the automaticbrake application, the driver must depressthe brake pedal to maintain brake pres-sure. If the driver’s foot is on the accel-erator pedal, the system pushes theaccelerator upward before applying thebrake. If you continue to press the accel-erator, the system will not engage thebrake.

WARNING

. The BCI system is not a replacement forproper driving procedure and is notdesigned to prevent contact with vehi-cles or objects. When backing out ofparking space, always use the insideand outside mirrors and turn and look inthe direction you will move. Never relysolely on the BCI system.

. There is a limitation to the detectioncapability of the radar and the sonar.Using the BCI system under some road,ground, lane marker, traffic or weatherconditions could lead to improper sys-tem operation. Always rely on your own

operation to avoid accidents.



JVS0304X

Upper display

BCI system operationWhen the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position, the indicator on the BCIsystem key *1 illuminates on the upperdisplay.

SSD1028


JVS0307X

Upper display

The BCI system operates by detecting thevehicles and/or objects using either theradar or sonar sensors.

An approaching vehicle from the side:

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom the side, the system chimes a sound(single beep), the side indicator light onthe side the vehicle is approaching fromflashes and a yellow rectangular frame *Aappears on the upper display.

JVS0172X

JVS0173X

NOTE:. In the case of several vehicles ap-

proaching in a row or in the oppositedirection, a chime may not be issued tothe BCI system after the first vehiclepasses the sensors.

. When the sonar sounds a tone, the BCIsystem does not chime a sound (singlebeep).

If the detected vehicle approaches closerand your vehicle is backing up toward thedetected vehicle, the system chimes asound (three times) and a red rectangularframe *A appears on the upper display.The system applies the brake for amoment. After the automatic brake appli-cation, the driver must depress the brakepedal to maintain brake pressure.

If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system pushes the acceleratorpedal upward before applying the brake. Ifyou continue to press the acceleratorpedal, the system will not engage thebrake.

A close object behind the vehicle:

If the sonar detects a close object behindthe vehicle when your vehicle is backingup, the system chimes a sound (three

times) and red rectangular frame *Aappears on the upper display. The systemapplies the brake for a moment. After theautomatic brake application, the drivermust depress the brake pedal to maintainbrake pressure.

If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system pushes the acceleratorpedal upward before applying the brake. Ifyou continue to press the acceleratorpedal, the system will not engage thebrake.

NOTE:

The BCI system does not operate if theobject is very close to the bumper.



JVS0304X

Upper displayThe BCI system is turned off temporarily bytouching the BCI system key *1 on theupper display. The indicator on the BCI ONkey turns off.

When the shift lever is placed in the R(Reverse) position again, the BCI system isturned on.

The BCI system automatically turns onevery time the engine is started.

JVS0246X

Turning the BCI system ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turning theBCI system on or off.


2. Touch [Camera/Sonar].

3. Touch [Back-up Collision Intervention]to turn the system ON/OFF.

When the BCI system is turned off bytouching [Back-up Collision Intervention],the BCI system does not turn on auto-matically by the following operations:

. When the shift lever is placed in the R

(Reverse) position. When the engine is restarted

JVS0170X

Precautions on BCI system

WARNING

. The radar sensors may not be able todetect certain objects such as:

— Pedestrians, bicycles or animals

— A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 15 MPH(24 km/h)

. The radar sensors may not detect

approaching vehicles in certain situa-tions.

— When the vehicle parked next to youobstructs the beam of the radarsensor.

— When the vehicle is parked in anangled parking space.

— When the vehicle is parked oninclined ground.

— When a vehicle turns into or backsup into your vehicle’s aisle.

— When the angle formed by yourvehicle and approaching vehicle issmall.

. Severe weather or road spray conditionsmay reduce the ability of the radar todetect other vehicles.

. The sonar sensor may not detect:

— Small or moving objects

— Wedge-shaped objects

— Object close to the bumper (lessthan approximately 1 ft (30 cm))

— Thin objects such as rope, wire andchain, etc.



. The brake engagement by the BCIsystem is not as effective on a slope asit is on flat ground. When on a steepslope the system may not functionproperly.

. Do not use the BCI systems under thefollowing conditions because the systemmay not function properly.


— When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

. Excessive noise (for example, audiosystem volume, open vehicle window)will interfere with the chime sound, andit may not be heard.

BCI temporarily not availableWhen the following message appears inthe vehicle information display, a chimewill sound and the BCI system will beturned off automatically.

. “Unavailable High Accelerator Temp.”:When the accelerator pedal actuatordetects that the internal motor tem-perature is high.Action to take:Turn on the BCI system again when theabove condition no longer exists.

. “Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction”:When side radar blockage is detected.Action to take:If the warning message appears, parkthe vehicle in a safe place, turn theengine off. Check for and removeobjects obscuring the radar sensorson the rear bumper, and restart theengine. If the BSW or BSI systemoperates normally, the BCI system willalso operate normally. (See “BSW/BSItemporarily not available” (P.5-47).)

BCI malfunctionWhen the BCI system malfunctions, it willbe turned off automatically, a beep willsound and BCI system “malfunction”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If thewarning message continues to appear,

have the system checked by an INFINITIretailer.

JVS0232X

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE. The two radar sensor units *1 for the

BSW, BSI and BCI systems are locatednear the rear bumper.— Always keep the area near the radar

sensors clean.— Do not attach stickers (including

transparent material), install acces-sories or apply additional paint nearthe radar sensors.

— Do not strike or damage the areaaround the radar sensors.

— Consult an INFINITI retailer if thearea around the radar sensors is

damaged due to a collision.. The BSI system uses the same camera

*2 that is used by Active Lane Control,located above the inside mirror.

For maintenance of the camera, see “Lanecamera unit maintenance” (P.5-29).

Radio frequency statementFor USA

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received,including interference that may causeundesired operation.

NOTE:

The manufacturer is not responsible forany radio or TV interference caused byunauthorized modifications to this equip-ment. Such modifications could void theuser’s authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada

This device complies with Industry CanadaStandard RSS-310.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received,including interference that may causeundesired operation.

Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz —

24.25GHz

Field Strength: Not greater than 2.5V/mpeak (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3m



PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL. If the cruise control system malfunc-

tions, it will cancel automatically. Thecruise indicator (green) in the vehicleinformation display will then blink towarn the driver.

. If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruisecontrol system will be canceled auto-matically.

. If the cruise indicator (green) blinks,turn the cruise control MAIN switch offand have the system checked by yourINFINITI retailer.

. The cruise indicator (green) may some-times blink when the cruise controlMAIN switch is turned ON while push-ing the SET/COAST (-), RESUME/ACCEL-ERATE (+) or CANCEL switch. To properlyset the cruise control system, performthe steps below in the order indicated.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

. when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

. in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed

. on winding or hilly roads

. on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

. in very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

JVS0190X

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch2. SET/COAST (-) switch3. CANCEL switch4. MAIN (ON·OFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

JVS0306X

Cruise indicator

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise indicator and the set vehiclespeed are displayed in the vehicle informa-tion display. The cruise indicator indicatesthe staus of the cruise control system bythe color.

The cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push theMAIN switch on. The cruise indicator(white) will come on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST (-) switch and release it. (Thecruise indicator (green) will illuminates.)Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If thishappens, drive without the cruise con-trol.

To cancel the preset speed, follow any ofthese methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch.

2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off.

After any of the above operation isperformed, the color of the cruise indicatorwill change from green to white.

. If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)or SET/COAST (-) switch and reset at thecruising speed, the cruise control willdisengage. Turn the MAIN switch offonce and then turn it on again.

. The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.

. If you move the shift lever to N (Neutral)position, the cruise control will becanceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COAST (-)switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release theswitch.

. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)switch. Release the switch when thevehicle slows down to the desired



speed.. Push, then quickly release the SET/

COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push andrelease the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+)switch. The vehicle will resume the lastset cruising speed when the vehicle speedis over 25 MPH (40 km/h).

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemmaintains a selected distance from thevehicle in front of you within the speedrange of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up tothe set speed. The set speed can beselected by the driver between 20 to 90MPH (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when theroad ahead is clear.

The ICC function can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you up to the preset speed.

. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode:For cruising at a preset speed.

WARNING

. Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’s Man-ual thoroughly before using the cruisecontrol. To avoid serious injury or death,do not rely on the system to prevent

accidents or to control the vehicle’sspeed in emergency situations. Do notuse cruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime will notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead. Pay special attentionto the distance between your vehicle andthe vehicle ahead of you or a collisioncould occur.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)SYSTEM (if so equipped)

JVS0209X

1. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode

2. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode

Push the MAIN switch *A to choose thecruise control mode between the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode *1 andthe conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode *2 .

To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode*1 , quickly push and releasethe MAIN switch *A . To choose theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode *2 , push and hold the MAIN switch*A for longer than approximately 1.5

seconds.

Once a control mode is activated, it cannotbe changed to the other cruise controlmode. To change the mode, push the MAINswitch once to turn the system off. Thenpush the MAIN switch again to turn thesystem back on and select the desiredcruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see the following description. Forthe conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode, see “Conventional (fixed speed)

cruise control mode” (P.5-74).

SELECTING THE VEHICLE-TO-VEHI-CLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODETo choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode*1 , quickly push and releasethe MAIN switch *A .

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODEIn the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system automatically maintains a selecteddistance from the vehicle traveling in frontof you according to that vehicle’s speed(up to the set speed), or at the set speedwhen the road ahead is clear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain the samespeed as other vehicles without the con-stant need to adjust the set speed as youwould with a normal cruise control system.



JVS0235X

PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE-TO-VE-HICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODEThe system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane anddirection.

If the radar sensor *A detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed so that yourvehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up toapproximately 40% of vehicle braking

power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor isapproximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

WARNING

. This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

. The system is primarily intended for useon straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use thesystem in city traffic or congested areas.

. This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. This system shouldbe used in evenly flowing traffic. Do notuse the system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain orin fog.

The radar sensor will not detect undermost conditions:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

WARNING

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the Intelligent Cruise Control(ICC) system. This system does notcorrect careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visi-bility in rain, fog, or other bad weather.Decelerate the vehicle speed by depres-sing the brake pedal, depending on thedistance to the vehicle ahead and thesurrounding circumstances in order tomaintain a safe distance between vehi-cles.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges thatthe vehicle has come to a standstill andsound a warning chime. To prevent thevehicle from moving, the driver mustdepress the brake pedal.

. The system may not detect the vehicle in

front of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe ICC system under the followingconditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavyor there are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (the vehi-cle may go beyond the set vehiclespeed and frequent braking mayresult in overheating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

— When traffic conditions make itdifficult to keep a proper distancebetween vehicles because of fre-quent acceleration or deceleration

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. You may need to

control the distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Always stayalert and avoid using the ICC systemwhen it is not recommended in thissection.

JVS0235X

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE OPERATIONAlways pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallycontrol the proper following distance. Thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ofthe Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemmay not be able to maintain the selecteddistance between vehicles (following dis-tance) or selected vehicle speed undersome circumstances.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode uses a sensor *A located behindthe lower grille of the front bumper to



detect vehicles traveling ahead. The sensorgenerally detects the signals returned fromthe vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensorcannot detect the reflection from thevehicle ahead, the ICC system may notmaintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

. When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation withinthe limitations of the system. When thesensor area of the front bumper is coveredwith dirt or is obstructed, the system willautomatically be canceled. If the sensorarea is covered with ice, a transparent ortranslucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC systemmay not detect them. In these instances,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode may not cancel and may not be ableto maintain the selected following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. Be sure to checkand clean the sensor area regularly.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead; the system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary and ifthe vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up toapproximately 40% of the vehicles totalbraking power. This system should only beused when traffic conditions allow vehiclespeeds to remain fairly constant or whenvehicle speeds change gradually. If avehicle moves into the traveling lane aheador if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidlydecelerates, the distance between vehiclesmay become closer because the ICC systemcannot decelerate the vehicle quickly en-ough. If this occurs, the ICC system willsound a warning chime and blink thesystem display to notify the driver to takenecessary action.

The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed is belowapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and avehicle is not detected ahead. The systemwill also disengage when the vehicle goesabove the maximum set speed.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-71).

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

. When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 20 and 90 MPH(32 and 144 km/h).

. When there is a vehicle traveling ahead,the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode adjusts the speed to maintain thedistance, selected by driver, from thevehicle ahead. The adjusting speedrange is up to the set speed. If thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill with-in the limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges astandstill with a warning chime.

. When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains vehi-cle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehicles

ahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.

SSD0252

The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the ICC system maywarn you by blinking the system indicator

and sounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the properdistance away from vehicle travelingahead.



SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theradar sensor may detect vehicles in adifferent lane, or may temporarily notdetect a vehicle traveling ahead. This maycause the ICC system to decelerate oraccelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, theICC system may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manually

control the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC will adjust the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by thedriver, from the vehicle ahead. If thevehicle ahead changes lanes or exits thefreeway, the ICC system will accelerate andmaintain the speed up to the set speed.Pay attention to the driving operation tomaintain control of the vehicle as itaccelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs,you will have to manually control thevehicle speed.

JVS0226X

ICC switchThe system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST (-) switch:

Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system

5. DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:. Long. Middle. Short

JVS0220X

ICC system display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. This indicator indicates the ICC systemstatus depending on a color.. Intelligent Cruise Control system ON

indicator (white):Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

. Intelligent Cruise Control system setindicator (green):Indicates that cruising speed is set

. Intelligent Cruise Control systemwarning (orange):Indicates that if there is a malfunc-



tion in the ICC system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle infront of you.

3. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

4. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance betweenvehicles set with the DISTANCE switch.

JVS0212X

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control modeTo turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch *A on. TheIntelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system ONindicator (white), set distance indicatorand set vehicle speed indicator come onand in a standby state for setting.

JVS0213X

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST (-) switch and release it. (TheICC system set indicator (green), vehicleahead detection indicator, set distanceindicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal. Your vehicle will maintain the setspeed.

JVS0214X

When the SET/COAST (-) switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set and the ICC indicators willblink for approximately 2 seconds:

. When traveling below 20 MPH (32km/h) and the vehicle ahead is notdetected

. When the shift lever is not in the D(Drive) or manual shift mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the brakes are operated by thedriver

When the SET/COAST (-) switch is pushedunder the following conditions, the systemcannot be set.

A warning chime will sound and the“currently unavailable” warning messageappears in the vehicle information display.

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode (To use theICC system, turn the INFINITI DriveMode Selector to a mode other thanthe SNOW mode, push the MAIN switchto turn off the ICC and reset the ICCswitch by pressing the MAIN switchagain.)For details about the INFINITI DriveMode Selector, see “INFINITI DriveMode Selector” (P.5-21).

. When the VDC system is off (To use theICC system, turn on the VDC system.Push the MAIN switch to turn off the ICCsystem and reset the ICC switch bypushing the MAIN switch again.)For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” (P.5-108).

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) is operating

. When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICCsystem, make sure the wheels are nolonger slipping.)



JVS0210X

1. System set display with vehicle ahead2. System set display without vehicle

ahead

System operation

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, this system automaticallyaccelerates or decelerates your vehicleaccording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-erate your vehicle when acceleration isrequired for a lane change. Depress the

brake pedal when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance to the vehicleahead due to its sudden braking or if avehicle cuts in. Always stay alert whenusing the ICC system.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as longas no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates thevehicle by controlling the throttle andapplying the brakes to match the speedof a slower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintain thedriver selected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator comeson. The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accel-eration to the set vehicle speed or any time

the ICC system is in operation, the systemcontrols the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected underapproximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), thesystem will be canceled.

JVS0211X

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the vehiclespeed exceeds the set speed. The vehicledetect indicator will turn off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When thepedal is released, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress theaccelerator pedal when it is necessary toaccelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeedTo cancel the preset speed, use any ofthese methods:

. Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theIntelligent Cruise Control system setindicator (green) and set vehicle speedindicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COAST (-)switch.

. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch. The set vehicle speedwill increase by approximately 5 MPH(5 km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Each time youdo this, the set speed will increase byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h forCanada).



To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.

. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)switch. The set vehicle speed willdecrease by approximately 5 MPH (5km/h for Canada).

. Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by approxi-mately 1 MPH (1 km/h for Canada).


JVS0216X

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle aheadThe distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on thetraffic conditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch *A ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to long againin that sequence.

JVS0250M

. The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehicle speed.The higher the vehicle speed, thelonger the distance.

. If the engine is stopped, the setdistance becomes “long”. (Each timethe engine is started, the initial setting

becomes “long”.)

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chime

and ICC system display. Decelerate bydepressing the brake pedal to maintain asafe vehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distancebetween vehicles. Some examples are:

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehi-cles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicleThe warning chime will not sound when:

. Your vehicle approaches other vehiclesthat are parked or moving slowly.

. The accelerator pedal is depressed,overriding the system.



SSD0284A

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe radar sensor detects objects on theside of the vehicle*A or on the side of theroad*A . This may cause the ICC system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle. Theradar sensor may detect these objectswhen the vehicle is driven on windingroads, narrow roads, hilly roads or whenentering or exiting a curve. In these casesyou will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver or

driving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicleis being driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following con-ditions and the control is automaticallycanceled.

. When the vehicle ahead is not detectedand your vehicle is traveling below thespeed of 15 MPH (24 km/h)

. When the system judges the vehicle isat standstill

. When the shift lever is not in the Dposition or Manual mode

. When the parking brake is applied

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) operates

. When distance measurement becomesimpaired due to adhesion of dirt orobstruction to the sensor

. When a wheel slips

Warning and displayCondition A:

Under the following conditions, the Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) system is auto-matically canceled. The chime will soundand the “currently unavailable” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.

. When the VDC is turned off

. When the ABS or VDC (including thetraction control system) operates

. When a tire slips


. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the ICC system backon to use the system.

Condition B:

When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-structed, making it impossible to detect avehicle ahead, the ICC system is automa-tically canceled.

The chime will sound and the “front radar

obstruction” warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning message appears, park thevehicle in a safe place, turn the engine off.When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted, clean the sensor area of thefront bumper and restart the engine. If the“front radar obstruction” warning messagecontinues to be displayed, have the ICCsystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

JVS0221X

Condition C:

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and the ICCsystem warning (orange) will appear.

Action to take:

If the warning appears, park the vehicle ina safe place. Turn the engine off, restart theengine, resume driving and set the ICCsystem again.

If it is not possible to set the system or thewarning stays on, it may indicate that theICC system is malfunctioning. Althoughthe vehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked at an

INFINITI retailer.



JVS0235X

Sensor maintenanceThe sensor for the ICC system*A is locatedbehind the lower grille of the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

. Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.

. Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor.

. Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near thesensor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

. Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

. Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restor-ing the front bumper, contact anINFINITI retailer.

FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning

Changes or modification not expresslyapproved by the party responsible forcompliance could void the user’s authorityto operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions:


2. This device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the de-vice.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODEThis mode allows driving at a speedbetween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

WARNING

. In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the pre-sence of the vehicle ahead nor thevehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

. Pay special attention to the distancebetween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

. Always confirm the setting in the In-telligent Cruise Control system display.

. Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode when drivingunder the following conditions:

— when it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

— in heavy traffic or in traffic thatvaries in speed

— on winding or hilly roads

— on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

— in very windy areas

. Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

JVS0222X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switch1. RESUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST (-) switch:

Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed.

4. MAIN switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

JVS0301X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indica-torsThe display is located in the vehicleinformation display.

1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the condition ofICC system depending on a color.. Cruise control ON indicator (white):

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.. Cruise control set indicator (green):

Displays while the vehicle speed iscontrolled by the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode of the



ICC system.. Cruise control system warning (or-

ange):Indicates that there is a malfunctionin the ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed.

For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

JVS0223X

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control modeTo turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch *A for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, theconventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode display and indicators are displayedin the vehicle information display. Afteryou hold the MAIN switch on for longerthan about 1.5 seconds, the IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) system display goesout. The cruise indicator appears. You can

now set your desired cruising speed.Pushing the MAIN switch again will turnthe system completely off.

When the Distance Control Assist (DCA)system is on, the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode cannot beturned on even though the MAIN switch ispushed and held.

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, turn off the DCAsystem. See “Distance Control Assist(DCA) system” (P.5-79).

When the ignition switch is pushed to theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off. To use the IntelligentCruise Control again, quickly push andrelease the MAIN switch (vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode) or push and hold it(conventional cruise control mode) again toturn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the MAIN switch offwhen not using the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system.

JVS0224X

To set cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST (-) switch and release it. (Thecolor of the cruise indicator changes togreen and set vehicle speed indicatorcomes on.) Take your foot off the accel-erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain theset speed.

. To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return to thepreviously set speed.

. The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-

tain vehicle speed.To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will go out.

3. Turn the MAIN switch off. Both thecruise indicator and vehicle speedindicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COAST (-)switch.

2. Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELER-ATE (+) switch. When the vehicle attainsthe speed you desire, release theswitch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RE-SUME/ACCELERATE (+) switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed willincrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushthe SET/COAST (-) switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET/COAST (-)switch. Release the switch when thevehicle slows down to the desiredspeed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST (-) switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).


Automatic cancellationA chime sounds under the following con-ditions and the control is automaticallycanceled.

. When the vehicle slows down morethan 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the setspeed

. When the shift lever is not in the D(Drive) or manual shift mode



. When the parking brake is applied.

. When the VDC operates (including thetraction control system)

. When a tire slips

JVS0306X

WarningWhen the system is not operating properly,the chime sounds and the color of thecruise indicator will change to orange.

Action to take:

If the color of the cruise indicator changesto orange, park the vehicle in a safe place.Turn the engine off, restart the engine,resume driving and then perform thesetting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions,

have the vehicle checked at an INFINITIretailer.

The Distance Control Assist (DCA) systembrakes and moves the accelerator pedalupward according to the distance from andthe relative speed of the vehicle ahead tohelp assist the driver to maintain afollowing distance.

WARNING

. Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the DCA system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the DCA system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergencysituations. Do not use the DCA systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. Thesystem will cancel once it judges thatthe vehicle has come to a standstill witha warning chime. To prevent the vehiclefrom moving, the driver must depressthe brake pedal.

. The DCA system will not apply brakecontrol while the driver’s foot is on the

accelerator pedal.

JVS0235X

PRECAUTIONS ON DCA SYSTEMThe system is intended to assist the driverto keep a following distance from thevehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.

If the radar sensor *A detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system willreduce the vehicle speed to help assistthe driver to maintain a following distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up toapproximately 40% of vehicle brakingpower) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is


DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA) SYSTEM(if so equipped)


approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

WARNING

. This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

. This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. Do not use thesystem on roads with sharp curves, oron icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.

The radar sensor will not detect thefollowing objects:

. Stationary and slow moving vehicles

. Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

. Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

. Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

WARNING

. As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never rely

solely on the DCA system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

. The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe DCA system under the followingconditions:

— On roads with sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such ason ice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere tothe system sensor

— On steep downhill roads (frequentbraking may result in overheatingthe brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhillroads

. In some road or traffic conditions, avehicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. You may need tocontrol the distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Always stayalert and avoid using the DCA systemwhen it is not recommended in thissection.

JVS0235X

DCA SYSTEM OPERATIONAlways pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallydecelerate to maintain the proper followingdistance. The Distance Control Assist (DCA)system may not be able to decelerate thevehicle under some circumstances.

The DCA system uses a sensor *A locatedbehind the lower grille of the front bumperto detect vehicles traveling ahead.

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

. When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’s

visibility. When excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or the luggageroom of your vehicle

The DCA system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation. Whenthe sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, thesystem will automatically be canceled. Ifthe sensor area is covered with ice, atransparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc.,the DCA system may not detect them. Inthese instances, the DCA system may notbe able to decelerate the vehicle properly.Be sure to check and clean the sensor arearegularly.

The DCA system is designed to help assistthe driver to maintain a following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. The system willdecelerate as necessary and if the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill. However, theDCA system can only apply up to approxi-mately 40% of the vehicles total brakingpower. If a vehicle moves into the travelinglane ahead or if a vehicle traveling aheadrapidly decelerates, the distance betweenvehicles may become closer because theDCA system cannot decelerate the vehicle

quickly enough. If this occurs, the DCAsystem will sound a warning chime andblink the system display to notify the driverto take necessary action.

See “Approach warning” (P.5-86).

This system only brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward to help assist thedriver to maintain a following distancefrom the vehicle ahead. Accelerationshould be operated by the driver.

The DCA system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead.



SSD0252

The detection zone of the sensor is limited.A vehicle ahead must be in the detectionzone for the system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the centerlineof the lane. A vehicle that is entering thelane ahead may not be detected until thevehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the system may warnyou by blinking the system indicator andsounding the chime. The driver may haveto manually control the proper distance

away from vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0253

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, thesensor may detect vehicles in a differentlane, or may temporarily not detect avehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe system to work inappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also beaffected by vehicle operation (steeringmaneuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, thesystem may warn you by blinking thesystem indicator and sounding the chimeunexpectedly. You will have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from the

vehicle traveling ahead.

JVS0225X

DCA system display and indicatorsThe display is located between the speed-ometer and tachometer.

1. Driver assist system forward indicator. Driver assist system forward indica-

tor (green):Indicates that the DCA system is ON.

. Driver assist system forward indica-tor (orange):Indicates whether there is a mal-function in the DCA system.

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in



front of you.

JVS0206X

Dynamic driver assistance switch

Operating DCA systemThe DCA system turns on when thedynamic driver assistance switch on thesteering wheel is pushed when the [Dis-tance Control Assist] is enabled in thesettings menu on the lower display. Thedriver assist system forward indicator(green) appears in the vehicle informationdisplay when the DCA system is turned on.

The system will start to operate after thevehicle speed becomes above approxi-mately 3 MPH (5 km/h).

JVS0246X

How to enable/disable the DCA system:

Perform the following steps to enable ordisable the DCA system.

1. Push the MENU *1 button and touch[Driver Assistance] on the lower dis-play.

2. Touch [Forward Assist].

3. Touch [Distance Control Assist] to en-able or disable the system.

Under the following conditions, the DCAsystem will not operate and the “currentlyunavailable” warning message will appearin the vehicle information display:

. When the INFINITI Drive Mode Selectoris turned to the SNOW mode (To use theDCA system, turn the INFINITI DriveMode Selector to a mode other than theSNOW mode, then turn on the dynamicdriver assistance switch.)For details about the INFINITI DriveMode Selector, see “INFINITI DriveMode Selector” (P.5-21).

. When the VDC system is off (To use theDCA system, turn on the VDC, thenpush the dynamic driver assistanceswitch.)For details about the VDC system, see“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-tem” (P.5-108).

. When ABS or VDC (including the trac-tion control system) is operating

When the Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode is operating, the DCA systemwill not operate. (To use the DCA system,turn the Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode off, then push the dynamicdriver assistance switch.)

For details about the Conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode, see “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) system” (P.5-58).

When the engine is turned off, the DCAsystem is automatically turned off.

JVS0244X

1. System set display with a vehicleahead

2. System set display without a vehicleahead

3. System set display with a vehicleahead (brake operation is necessary)

System operation

WARNING

The Distance Control Assist (DCA) systemautomatically decelerates your vehicle tohelp assist the driver to maintain a follow-ing distance from the vehicle ahead. Manu-

ally brake when deceleration is required tomaintain a safe distance upon suddenbraking by the vehicle ahead or when avehicle suddenly appears in front of you.Always stay alert when using the DCAsystem.

The Distance Control Assist (DCA) systemhelps assist the driver to keep a followingdistance to the vehicle ahead by brakingand moving the accelerator pedal upwardin the normal driving condition.



When a vehicle ahead is detected:

The vehicle ahead detection indicatorcomes on.

When the vehicle approaches a vehicleahead:

. If the driver’s foot is not on theaccelerator pedal, the system activatesthe brakes to decelerate smoothly asnecessary. If the vehicle ahead comesto a stop, the vehicle decelerates to astandstill within the limitations of thesystem.

. If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the accelera-tor pedal upward to assist the driver torelease the accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by the driver isrequired:

The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle aheaddetection indicator. If the driver’s foot ison the accelerator pedal after the warning,the system moves the accelerator pedalupward to assist the driver to switch to thebrake pedal.

The stop lights of the vehicle come onwhen braking is performed by the DCAsystem.

When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

WARNING

. When the vehicle ahead detection in-dicator is not illuminated, the systemwill not control or warn the driver.

. Depending on the position of the accel-erator pedal, the system may not be ableto assist the driver to release theaccelerator pedal appropriately.

. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stand-still, the vehicle decelerates to a stand-still within the limitations of the system.The system will release brake controlwith a warning chime once it judges thevehicle is at a standstill. To prevent thevehicle from moving, the driver mustdepress the brake pedal. (The systemwill resume control automatically oncethe system reaches 3 MPH (5 km/h)).

Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operation overridesthe system operation.

. When the driver depresses the accel-erator pedal even further while thesystem is moving the accelerator pedalupward, the DCA system control of theaccelerator pedal is canceled.

. When the driver’s foot is on the accel-erator pedal, the brake control by thesystem is not operated.

. When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control nor thealert by the system operates.

. When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system is set, the DCA system will becancelled.

Approach warningIf your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of thatvehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chimeand DCA system display. Decelerate bydepressing the brake pedal to maintain asafe vehicle distance if:

. The chime sounds.

. The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

. The driver assist system forward indi-cator (orange) blinks.

. When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

. When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between vehi-cles is increasing

. When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicleThe driver assist system forward indicator(orange) blinks and the warning chime willnot sound when your vehicle approachesvehicles that are parked or moving slowly. SSD0284A

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the driver assist system forwardindicator (orange) may blink when theradar sensor detects objects on the side ofthe vehicle *A or on the side of the road*A . This may cause the DCA system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle. Theradar sensor may detect these objectswhen the vehicle is driven on windingroads, narrow roads, hilly roads or whenentering or exiting a curve. In these casesyou will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected

by vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic orvehicle condition (for example, if a vehicleis being driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellationCondition A:

Under the following conditions, the Dis-tance Control Assist (DCA) system isautomatically canceled. The chime willsound and the “currently unavailable”warning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display. The system will not beable to be set.

. When the VDC system is turned off

. When the VDC or ABS (including thetraction control system) operates


. When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the DCA system backon to use the system.

Condition B:

When the radar sensor area of the frontbumper is covered with dirt or is ob-



structed, making it impossible to detect avehicle ahead, the DCA system is auto-matically canceled.

The chime will sound, the driver assistsystem forward indicator (orange) and the“front radar obstruction” warning messagewill appear in the vehicle informationdisplay.

Action to take:

If the driver assist system forward indicator(orange) and the warning message appear,park the vehicle in a safe place, turn theengine off. When the radar signal istemporarily interrupted, clean the sensorarea of the front bumper and restart theengine. If the warning message continuesto be displayed, have the DCA systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

Condition C:

When the DCA system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds, the driverassist system forward indicator (orange)and the system “malfunction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Action to take:

If the driver assist system forward indicator(orange) and the warning message appear,park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn theengine off, restart the engine, and turn onthe DCA system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although thevehicle is still driveable under normalconditions, have the vehicle checked atan INFINITI retailer.

Sensor maintenanceThe sensor for the DCA system is commonwith the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system and is located behind the lowergrille of the front bumper.

For the sensor maintenance, see “Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) system” (P.5-58).

FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:




The forward emergency braking system canassist the driver when there is a risk of aforward collision with the vehicle ahead inthe traveling lane.

JVS0235X

The forward emergency braking systemuses a radar sensor *A located behindthe lower grille of the front bumper tomeasure the distance to the vehicle aheadin the traveling lane.

The forward emergency braking systemoperates at speeds above approximately3 MPH (5 km/h). If there is a risk of acollision, the forward emergency brakingsystem issues a visual and audible warn-ing and pushes the accelerator pedal up. Ifthe driver releases the accelerator pedal,then the forward emergency braking sys-tem applies partial braking. If the driverdoes not take action, the forward emer-

gency braking system issues the secondvisual and audible warning, and appliesharder braking.

WARNING

. The forward emergency braking systemis a supplemental aid to the driver. It isnot a replacement for the driver’s atten-tion to traffic conditions or responsibilityto drive safely. It cannot prevent acci-dents due to carelessness or dangerousdriving techniques.

. The forward emergency braking systemdoes not function in all driving, traffic,weather and road conditions.


FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING SYSTEM(if so equipped)


JVS0312X

1. Driver assist system forward indicator

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe forward emergency braking system willfunction when your vehicle is driven atspeeds above approximately 3 MPH (5km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected,the forward emergency braking system willprovide the first warning to the driver byflashing the driver assist system forwardindicator (orange) and the vehicle aheaddetection indicator (orange), and providingan audible warning. In addition, the

forward emergency braking system pushesthe accelerator pedal up. If the driverreleases the accelerator pedal, then thesystem applies partial braking.

If the driver applies the brakes quickly andforcefully after the warning, and theforward emergency braking system detectsthat there is still the possibility of aforward collision, the system will automa-tically increase the braking force.

If a forward collision is imminent and thedriver does not take action, the forwardemergency braking system issues thesecond visual (red) and audible warningand automatically applies harder braking.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s stop lights come on whenbraking is performed by the forwardemergency braking system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distanceto the vehicle ahead, as well as driving androadway conditions, the system may helpthe driver avoid a forward collision or mayhelp mitigate the consequences if a colli-sion should one be unavoidable.

If the driver is handling the steering wheel,accelerating or braking, the forward emer-gency braking system will function later orwill not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

. When the steering wheel is turned asfar as necessary to avoid a collision.

. When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed.

. When there is no longer a vehicledetected ahead.

If the forward emergency braking systemhas stopped the vehicle, the vehicle willremain at a standstill for approximately 2seconds before the brakes are released.

WARNING

. The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

. The radar sensor has some performancelimitations. For stationary vehicles, theforward emergency braking system willnot function when the vehicle is drivenat speeds over approximately 45 MPH(70 km/h).

. The radar sensor may not detect avehicle ahead in the following condi-tions:

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor.

— Interference by other radar sources.

— Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

— If the vehicle ahead is narrow (e.g.motorcycle)

— When driving on a steep downhillslope or roads with sharp curves.

. In some road or traffic conditions, theforward emergency braking system mayunexpectedly push the accelerator pedalup or apply partial braking. When accel-eration is necessary, continue to depressthe accelerator pedal to override thesystem.

. Braking distances increase on slipperysurfaces.


JVS0246X

Turning the forward emergencybraking system ON/OFFPerform the following steps to turn theforward emergency braking system on oroff.


2. Touch [Emergency Assist].

3. Touch [Forward emergency braking] toturn the system ON/OFF.



JVS0299X

Forward emergency braking system warn-ing light (orange)

When the forward emergency brakingsystem is turned off, the forward emer-gency braking system warning light (or-ange) will illuminate.

The forward emergency braking system willremain ON or OFF unless the setting ischanged on the lower display. This settingis also linked with the log-in function. (See“Log-in function” (P.3-14) and the InfinitiInTouch Owner’s Manual for the log-infunction.)

NOTE:

When the forward emergency brakingsystem setting is turned ON or OFF, thepredictive forward collision warning sys-tem is also turned ON or OFF simulta-neously.

System temporarily unavailableCondition A:

When the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, theforward emergency braking system isautomatically turned off. The forwardemergency braking system warning light(orange) and the driver assist systemforward indicator (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the forward emergency braking system willresume automatically.

Condition B:

When the sensor area of the front bumperis covered with dirt or is obstructed,making it impossible to detect a vehicleahead, the forward emergency brakingsystem is automatically turned off. Theforward emergency braking system warn-

ing light (orange) and the driver assistsystem forward indicator (orange) willilluminate and the “front radar obstruc-tion” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on,park the vehicle in a safe place, and turnthe engine off. Clean the radar cover onlower grille with a soft cloth, and restartthe engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the forward emergencybraking system checked by an INFINITIretailer.

Condition C:

When the accelerator pedal actuator de-tects that the internal motor temperature ishigh, the forward emergency braking sys-tem is automatically turned off. The for-ward emergency braking system warninglight (orange) and the driver assist systemforward indicator (orange) will illuminateand the “Unavailable High AcceleratorTemperature” warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the forward emergency braking system willresume automatically.

System malfunctionIf the forward emergency braking systemmalfunctions, it will be turned off auto-matically, a chime will sound, the forwardemergency braking system warning light(orange) and the driver assist systemforward indicator (orange) will illuminateand the system “malfunction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on,park the vehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe forward emergency braking systemchecked by an INFINITI retailer.

Sensor maintenanceFor the radar sensor maintenance, see“Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system”

(P.5-58).

FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:






JVS0294X

The predictive forward collision warningsystem can help alert the driver when thereis a sudden braking of a second vehicletraveling in front of the vehicle ahead inthe traveling same lane.

JVS0235X

JVS0225X

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING SYSTEM (if so equipped)

1. Driver assist system forward indicator

2. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe predictive forward collision warningsystem uses a radar sensor *A locatedbehind the front bumper to measure thedistance to a second vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane. The predictive forward colli-sion warning system operates at speedsabove approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). Ifthere is a potential risk of a forwardcollision, the predictive forward collisionwarning system will warn the driver byblinking the driver assist system forwardindicator and the vehicle ahead detectionindicator, and sounding a warning tone.

JVS0295X

Precautions on the predictive for-ward collision warning system

WARNING

. The predictive forward collision warningsystem is designed to warn you before acollision but will not avoid a collision. Itis the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times.

. The radar sensor does not detect thefollowing objects:

— Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

— Oncoming vehicles

— Crossing vehicles

. The predictive forward collision warningsystem does not function when a vehicleahead is a narrow vehicle, such as amotorcycle.

. The radar sensor may not detect asecond vehicle ahead in the followingconditions:

— Snow or heavy rain

— Dirt, ice, snow or other materialcovering the radar sensor

— Interference by other radar sources

— Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles is splashed

— Driving in a tunnel



JVS0296X

JVS0297X

WARNING

. The radar sensor may not detect asecond vehicle when the vehicle aheadis being towed.

. When the distance to the vehicle aheadis too close, the beam of the radarsensor is obstructed.

JVS0298X

WARNING

. The radar sensor may not detect asecond vehicle when driving on a steepdownhill slope or on roads with sharpcurves.

. Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning tone sound, and it may not beheard.

NOTE:

When the forward emergency brakingsystem setting is turned ON or OFF, the

predictive forward emergency warningsystem is also turned ON or OFF simulta-neously.

JVS0299X

Forward emergency braking system warn-ing light (orange)

System temporarily unavailableCondition A:

When the radar sensor picks up interfer-ence from another radar source, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, thepredictive forward collision warning sys-tem is automatically turned off. The for-ward emergency braking system warninglight (orange) and the driver assist systemforward indicator (orange) will illuminate.



Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the predictive forward collision warningsystem will resume automatically.

Condition B:

When the sensor area of the front bumperis covered with dirt or is obstructed,making it impossible to detect a vehicleahead, the predictive forward collisionwarning system is automatically turnedoff. The forward emergency braking systemwarning light (orange) and the driver assistsystem forward indicator (orange) willilluminate and the “front radar obstruc-tion” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) comes on,park the vehicle in a safe place, and turnthe engine off. Clean the radar cover onlower grille with a soft cloth, and restartthe engine. If the warning light continuesto illuminate, have the predictive forwardcollision warning system checked by anINFINITI retailer.

System malfunctionIf the predictive forward collision warningsystem malfunctions, it will be turned offautomatically, a chime will sound, theforward emergency braking system warn-ing light (orange) and the driver assistsystem forward indicator (orange) willilluminate, and the system malfunctionmessage will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Action to take:

If the warning light (orange) illuminates,park the vehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe predictive forward collision warningsystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.

Sensor maintenanceFor the radar sensor maintenance, see“Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system”

(P.5-58).

FCC Notice:

For USA:




FCC Warning


For Canada:




CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle.

Failure to follow these recommendationsmay result in shortened engine life andreduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Do notrun the engine over 4,000 rpm.

. Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

. Avoid quick starts.

. Avoid hard braking as much as possi-ble.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel EfficientDriving Tips to help you achieve the mostfuel economy from your vehicle.

1. Use smooth accelerator and brakepedal application.. Avoid rapid starts and stops.. Use smooth, gentle accelerator and

brake application whenever possi-ble.

. Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever possi-ble.

2. Maintain constant speed.. Look ahead to try and anticipate and

minimize stops.. Synchronizing your speed with traf-

fic lights allows you to reduce yournumber of stops.

. Maintaining a steady speed canminimize red light stops and im-prove fuel efficiency.

3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at highervehicle speeds.. Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more

efficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

. Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool thevehicle due to increased aerody-

namic drag.. Recirculating the cool air in the cabin

when the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at economical speeds and dis-tances.. Observing the speed limit and not

exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) (wherelegally allowed) can improve fuelefficiency due to reduced aerody-namic drag.

. Maintaining a safe following dis-tance behind other vehicles reducesunnecessary braking.

. Safely monitoring traffic to antici-pate changes in speed permitsreduced braking and smooth accel-eration changes.

. Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use cruise control.. Using cruise control during highway

driving helps maintain a steadyspeed.

. Cruise control is particularly effec-tive in providing fuel savings whendriving on flat terrains.


BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


6. Plan for the shortest route.. Utilize a map or navigation system to

determine the best route to savetime.

7. Avoid idling.. Shutting off your engine when safe

for stops exceeding 30-60 secondssaves fuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads.. Automated passes permit drivers to

use special lanes to maintain cruis-ing speed through the toll and avoidstopping and starting.

9. Winter warm up.. Limit idling time to minimize impact

to fuel economy.. Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up toeffectively circulate the engine oilbefore driving.

. Your vehicle will reach its idealoperating temperature more quicklywhile driving versus idling.

10.Keeping your vehicle cool.. Park your vehicle in a covered

parking area or in the shade when-ever possible.

. When entering a hot vehicle, open-ing the windows will help to reducethe inside temperature faster, result-ing in reduced demand on your A/Csystem.

. Keep your engine tuned up.

. Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

. Keep the tires inflated to the correctpressure. Low tire pressure increasestire wear and lowers fuel economy.

. Keep the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

. Use the recommended viscosity engineoil. (See “Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation” (P.9-6).)

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

If any malfunction occurs in the IntelligentAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) system while theengine is running, warning messagesappear in the vehicle information display.

JVS0228M

If the “AWD Error” warning *1 appears,there may be a malfunction in the Intelli-gent AWD system. Reduce vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

The “AWD High Temp.” (high temperature)warning*2 may appear while trying to free

a stuck vehicle due to increased oiltemperature. The driving mode may changeto Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warningis displayed, stop the vehicle with theengine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so.Then if the warning turns off, you cancontinue driving.

The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning *3 mayappear if there is a large differencebetween the diameters of front and rearwheels. Pull off the road in a safe area,with the engine idling. Check that all tiresizes are the same, that the tire pressure iscorrect and that the tires are not exces-sively worn.

If any warning message continues to bedisplayed, have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

WARNING

. For AWD equipped vehicles, do notattempt to raise two wheels off theground and shift the transmission toany drive or reverse position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.


INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if soequipped)


. Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emissions testing) or similarequipment even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure thatyou inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer.Using the wrong test equipment mayresult in drivetrain damage or unex-pected vehicle movement which couldresult in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

CAUTION

. Do not operate the engine on a freeroller when any of the wheels are raised.

. If the “AWD Error” warning appearswhile driving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checked byan INFINITI retailer as soon as possible.

. If the “AWD Error” warning remains onafter the above operation, have yourvehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer as

soon as possible.

. The power train may be damaged if youcontinue driving with the “AWD Error”warning on.

SD1006MA

WARNING

. Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite andcause a fire.

. Never leave the engine running while thevehicle is unattended.


. Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be applied andthe transmission placed into P (Park).Failure to do so could cause the vehicleto move unexpectedly or roll away andresult in an accident.

. Make sure the automatic transmissionshift lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the footbrake pedal.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto the street when parked on asloping drive way, it is a good practiceto turn the wheels as illustrated.. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: *1

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: *2Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

. HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: *3Turn the wheels toward the side ofthe road so the vehicle will moveaway from the center of the road if itmoves.

4. Push the ignition switch to the OFFposition.


PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING TYPE

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will beharder to operate.

The power assisted steering uses a hy-draulic pump, driven by the engine, toassist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks,you will still have control of the vehicle.However, much greater steering effort isneeded, especially in sharp turns and atlow speeds.

DIRECT ADAPTIVE STEERING TYPE

WARNING

When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, thepower assist for the steering will ceaseoperation. You will still have control of thevehicle, but the steering will be harder tooperate.

CAUTION

. If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, DirectAdaptive Steering may not operateproperly and the power steering warninglight may illuminate.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs, stabilizerbars, bushings and wheels are notINFINITI recommended for your vehicleor are extremely deteriorated, DirectAdaptive Steering may not operateproperly and the power steering warninglight may illuminate.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s steering. Ifsteering parts are not INFINITI recom-mended for your vehicle or are extremelydeteriorated, Direct Adaptive Steeringmay not operate properly and the powersteering warning light may illuminate.

. If the VDC warning light illuminates, thepower steering warning light may alsoilluminate at the same time. Stop thevehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off and restart the engine. If thepower steering warning light continues

to illuminate, have the system checkedby an INFNITI retailer. For VDC system,see “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system” (P.5-108).

. Do not place the ignition switch is in theON position while the steering wheel ora tire is removed.

. Do not turn the steering wheel as muchas possible while the ignition switch isin any position other than the ONposition.

. Installing an accessory on the steeringwheel, or changing the steering wheel,may reduce the steering performance.

Direct Adaptive Steering is designed tocontrol the steering force and steeringangle according to the vehicle speed andamount of turning of the steering wheel.

The steering characteristic can be selectedwith the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. See“INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).

When the steering wheel is operatedrepeatedly or continuously while parkingor driving at a very low speed, the powerassist for the steering wheel will bereduced and the steering wheel may beslightly turned even when driving on a

POWER STEERING

straight road. This is to prevent overheat-ing of Direct Adaptive Steering and protectit from getting damaged. When the tem-perature of Direct Adaptive Steering coolsdown, the power assist level will return tonormal. Avoid repeating steering wheeloperations that could cause Direct Adap-tive Steering to overheat.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it mayindicate that Direct Adaptive Steering isnot functioning properly and may needservicing. Have the system checked by anINFINITI retailer. (See “Power steeringwarning light” (P.2-16).)

When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, thepower assist for the steering will ceaseoperation. You will still have control of thevehicle. However, greater steering effortwill be needed, especially in sharp turnsand at low speeds.

If Direct Adaptive Steering is malfunction-ing, the steering wheel may turn slightlyeven when driving on a straight road.

Under the following conditions, the steer-ing wheel may turn slightly even whendriving on a straight road. This is due to aprotection mechanism for Direct Adaptive

Steering.

. When the battery is discharged

. When the engine is stalled

. After the vehicle is tested on the four-wheel dynamometer

. When the steering wheel is held in thefull lock position or when the front tiretouches an obstruction.

The steering wheel will return to thenormal position after the protection me-chanism deactivates. To return to thenormal position, turn the engine off, restartthe engine, and then drive the vehicle for aperiod of time.

When the vehicle is tested on the 2-wheeldynamometer, the power steering warninglight may illuminate. To turn off the powersteering warning light, stop the vehicle in asafe location, turn the engine off, restartthe engine, and then drive the vehicle for aperiod of time.

The following conditions do not indicate amalfunction of Direct Adaptive Steering.

. You may notice wider steering playwhen the ignition switch is in the OFFor ACC position compared to when it isin the ON position.

. After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may turn slightly even whendriving on a straight road. To return tothe normal position, drive the vehicleon a straight road for a period of time.

. After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may move if the steering wheelwas turned to the fully locked positionwhile the ignition switch was in the OFFposition.

You may hear a noise under the followingconditions. However, this is not a malfunc-tion.

. When the engine is started or stopped.

. When the steering wheel is turned inthe full lock position.



BRAKING PRECAUTIONSThe brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions,you will still have braking at two wheels.

Vacuum assisted brakesThe brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be required tostop the vehicle and the stopping distancewill be longer.

Using the brakesAvoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will cause overheatingof the brakes, wearing out the brake andpads faster and reduce gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speedand downshift to a lower gear before goingdown a slope or long grade. Overheatedbrakes may reduce braking performanceand could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

. While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

. If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

Wet brakesWhen the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to one sideduring braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly tapping the brake pedalto heat-up the brakes. Do this until thebrakes return to normal. Avoid driving thevehicle at high speeds until the brakesfunction correctly.

PARKING BRAKE BREAK-INBreak in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced,in order to assure the best brakingperformance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleservice manual and can be performed byan INFINITI retailer.

BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKE ASSISTWhen the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster evenwith light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

. The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is asophisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from careless ordangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces. Rememberthat stopping distances on slipperysurfaces will be longer than on normal

surfaces even with ABS. Stopping dis-tances may also be longer on rough,gravel or snow covered roads, or if youare using tire chains. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in front ofyou. Ultimately, the driver is responsiblefor safety.

. Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. See “Tireand loading information label” (P.9-13) of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) of thismanual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-trols the brakes so the wheels do not lockduring hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and variesthe brake fluid pressure to prevent each

wheel from locking and sliding. By pre-venting each wheel from locking, thesystem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the systemDepress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheABS will operate to prevent the wheelsfrom locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoidobstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so mayresult in increased stopping distances.

Self-test featureThe ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and acomputer. The computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse.When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsa-


BRAKE ASSIST


tion in the brake pedal. This is normal anddoes not indicate a malfunction. If thecomputer senses a malfunction, it switchesthe ABS off and illuminates the ABSwarning light on the instrument panel.The brake system then operates normally,but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have thevehicle checked by an INFINITI retailer.

Normal operationThe ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h).

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulicpressure. This action is similar to pumpingthe brakes very quickly. You may feel apulsation in the brake pedal and hear anoise from under the hood or feel avibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicatesthat the ABS is operating properly. How-ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra care isrequired while driving.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) systemuses various sensors to monitor driverinputs and vehicle motion. Under certaindriving conditions, the VDC system helpsto perform the following functions.

. Controls brake pressure to reducewheel slip on one slipping drive wheelso power is transferred to a nonslipping drive wheel on the same axle.

. Controls brake pressure and engineoutput to reduce drive wheel slip basedon vehicle speed (traction control func-tion).

. Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help thedriver maintain control of the vehicle inthe following conditions:— understeer (vehicle tends to not

follow the steered path despiteincreased steering input)

— oversteer (vehicle tends to spin dueto certain road or driving condi-tions).

The VDC system can help the driver tomaintain control of the vehicle, but itcannot prevent loss of vehicle control inall driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the VDCwarning light in the instrument panel

flashes so note the following:

. The road may be slippery or the systemmay determine some action is requiredto help keep the vehicle on the steeredpath.

. You may feel a pulsation in the brakepedal and hear a noise or vibrationfrom under the hood. This is normaland indicates that the VDC system isworking properly.

. Adjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-17).

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theVDC warning light illuminates in theinstrument panel. The VDC system auto-matically turns off.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off theVDC system. The VDC off indicator lightilluminates to indicate the VDC system isoff. When the VDC switch is used to turn offthe system, the VDC system still operatesto prevent one drive wheel from slipping bytransferring power to a non slipping drivewheel. The VDC warning light flashes ifthis occurs. All other VDC functions are off,except for brake force distribution, and theVDC warning light will not flash. The

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

VDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the offposition then back to the on position.

See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn-ing light” (P.2-17) and “Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-19).

The computer has a built-in diagnosticfeature that tests the system each time youstart the engine and move the vehicleforward or in reverse at a slow speed.When the self-test occurs, you may hear a“clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution offorce to each of the four wheels dependingon the radius of the turn.

WARNING

. The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain stability but does notprevent accidents due to abrupt steeringoperation at high speeds or by carelessor dangerous driving techniques. Reducevehicle speed and be especially careful

when driving and cornering on slipperysurfaces and always drive carefully.

. The brake force distribution system maynot be effective depending on the driv-ing condition. Always drive carefully andattentively.

. Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shockabsorbers, struts, springs, stabilizerbars, bushings and wheels are notINFINITI recommended for your vehicleor are extremely deteriorated, the VDCsystem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the VDC warning light

may illuminate.

. If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are not INFINITIrecommended or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not operateproperly and the VDC warning lightmay illuminate.

. If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, the VDC warning lightmay illuminate.

. When driving on extremely inclinedsurfaces such as higher banked corners,

the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the VDC warning light mayilluminate. Do not drive on these typesof roads.

. When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the VDC warning light mayilluminate. This is not a malfunction.Restart the engine after driving onto astable surface.

. If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe VDC warning light may illumi-nate.

. The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.



This system senses driving based on thedriver’s steering and acceleration/brakingpatterns, and controls brake pressure atindividual wheels to help smooth vehicleresponse.

When the SPORT mode is selected by theINFINITI Drive Mode Selector, the amount ofbrake control provided by the active tracecontrol is reduced.

When the PERSONAL mode is selected, theactive trace control can be set to ON(enabled) or OFF (disabled). See “INFINITIDrive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).

When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn offthe VDC system, the active trace control isalso turned off.

JVS0249X

When the active trace control is operatedand the “Chassis Control”mode is selectedin the trip computer, the active tracecontrol graphics are shown in the vehicleinformation display. (See “Trip computer”(P.2-28).)

If the chassis control warning messageappears in the vehicle information display,it may indicate that the active trace controlis not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI retailer.(See “26. Chassis control warning” (P.2-24).)

WARNING

The active trace control may not be effectivedepending on the driving condition. Alwaysdrive carefully and attentively.

When the active trace control is operating,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise. This is normal andindicates that the active trace control isoperating properly.

Even if the active trace control is set to OFF,some functions will remain on to assist the

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROL

driver (for example, avoidance scenes).WARNING

. Never rely solely on the hill start assistsystem to prevent the vehicle frommoving backward on a hill. Always drivecarefully and attentively. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle is stoppedon a steep hill. Be especially carefulwhen stopped on a hill on frozen ormuddy roads. Failure to prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards mayresult in a loss of control of the vehicleand possible serious injury or death.

. The hill start assist system is notdesigned to hold the vehicle at astandstill on a hill. Depress the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped on asteep hill. Failure to do so may cause thevehicle to roll backwards and may resultin a collision or serious personal injury.

. The hill start assist system may notprevent the vehicle from rolling back-wards on a hill under all load or roadconditions. Always be prepared to de-press the brake pedal to prevent thevehicle from rolling backwards. Failure todo so may result in a collision or seriouspersonal injury.

The hill start assist system automaticallykeeps the brakes applied to help preventthe vehicle from rolling backwards in thetime it takes the driver to release the brakepedal and apply the accelerator when thevehicle is stopped on a hill.

The hill start assist system will operateautomatically under the following condi-tions:

. The transmission is shifted to a forwardor reverse gear.

. The vehicle is stopped completely on ahill by applying the brake.

The maximum holding time is 2 seconds.After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin toroll back and the hill start assist systemwill stop operating completely.

The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the transmission is shifted to the N(Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flatand level road.


HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


The chassis control is an electric controlmodule that includes the following func-tions:

. Log-in function (See “Log-in function”(P.3-14).)

. INFINITI Drive Mode Selector (See“INFINITI Drive Mode Selector” (P.5-21).)

. Active Lane Control (if so equipped)(See “Active Lane Control” (P.5-24).)

. Active Trace Control (See “Active tracecontrol” (P.5-110).)

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCKTo prevent a door lock from freezing, applydeicer through the key hole. If the lockbecomes frozen, heat the key beforeinserting it into the key hole or use theIntelligent Key system.

ANTIFREEZEIn the winter when it is anticipated that theoutside temperature will drop below 328F(08C), check antifreeze to assure properwinter protection. For additional informa-tion, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-8).

BATTERYIf the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, see “Battery”(P.8-15).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATERIf the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, in-cluding the engine block. Refill beforeoperating the vehicle. For details, see“Engine cooling system” (P.8-8).

TIRE EQUIPMENTSUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on dry pave-ment. However, the performance of thesetires will be substantially reduced in snowyand icy conditions. If you operate yourvehicle on snowy or icy roads, INFINITIrecommends the use of MUD & SNOW orALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.Consult an INFINITI retailer for the tiretype, size, speed rating and availabilityinformation.

For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces prohi-bit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Tire chains may be used. For details, see“Tire chains” (P.8-37) of this manual.

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)modelsIf you install snow tires, they must also bethe same size, brand, construction and

CHASSIS CONTROL COLD WEATHER DRIVING

tread pattern on all four wheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENTIt is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

. A scraper and stiff-bristled brush toremove ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

. A sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

. A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

. Extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

. Wet ice (328F, 08C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

. Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting too

fast, the drive wheels will lose evenmore traction.

. Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

. Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwise clearroad in shaded areas. If a patch of ice isseen ahead, brake before reaching it. Trynot to brake while on the ice, and avoidany sudden steering maneuvers.

. Do not use the cruise control on slipperyroads.

. Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. Keep snow clear ofthe exhaust pipe and from around yourvehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)Engine block heaters are used to assist incold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be usedwhen the outside temperature is 208F(−78C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours,depending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Usean appropriate timer to turn the engineblock heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.



WARNING

. Do not use your engine block heater withan ungrounded electrical system or a 2-pronged adapter. You can be seriouslyinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.

. Disconnect and properly store the en-gine block heater cord before startingthe engine. Damage to the cord couldresult in an electrical shock and cancause serious injury.

. Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-prongedextension cord rated for at least 10A.Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use the properextension cord or a grounded outlet canresult in a fire or electrical shock andcause serious personal injury.

MEMO


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ............................. 6-2Roadside assistance program .............................. 6-2Emergency engine shut off .................................. 6-3Flat tire................................................................ 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).......... 6-3Run-flat tires ................................................... 6-4Changing a flat tire ......................................... 6-4

Jump starting ...................................................... 6-9Push starting .................................................... 6-11If your vehicle overheats ................................... 6-12Towing your vehicle .......................................... 6-13

Towing recommended by INFINITI................. 6-14Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ..... 6-16

6-2 In case of emergency

SIC2574

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park underemergency conditions. All turn signal lightswill flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

. Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unlessunusual circumstances force you to driveso slowly that your vehicle might be-come a hazard to other traffic.

. Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with theignition switch in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

In the event of a roadside emergency,Roadside Assistance Service is available toyou. Please refer to your Warranty Informa-tion Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada)for details.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

To shut off the engine in an emergencysituation while driving, perform the follow-ing procedure:

. Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch 3 consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

. Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS-TEM (TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning appears in thevehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. Ifthe vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the TPMS will activate and warnyou of it by the low tire pressure warninglight. This system will activate only whenthe vehicle is driven at speeds above 16MPH (25 km/h). For more details, see“Warning/indicator lights and audible re-minders” (P.2-12) and “Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4).

WARNING


. If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates while driving, avoid sudden

steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personalinjury. Check the tire pressure for allfour tires. Adjust the tire pressure to therecommended COLD tire pressure shownon the Tire and Loading Informationlabel to turn the low tire pressurewarning light OFF. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjustingthe tire pressure, a tire may be flat. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire (if so equipped).

. When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.

. Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect the

In case of emergency 6-3

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE


proper operation of the TPMS.

. Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

RUN-FLAT TIRESRun-flat tires are those tires that can beused temporarily if they are punctured. See“Run-flat tires” (P.8-36).

Also, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the INFINITI WarrantyInformation Booklet.

WARNING


. Do not drive at speeds above 50 MPH(80 km/h) and do not drive more thanapproximately 93 miles (150 km) with a

punctured run-flat tire. The actual dis-tance the vehicle can be driven on a flattire depends on outside temperature,vehicle load, road conditions and otherfactors.

. Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.


CAUTION

. Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projection orpothole, as the clearance between thevehicle and the ground is smaller thannormal.

. Do not enter an automated car wash witha punctured run-flat tire.

. Have the punctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop. Replace the tire as soonas possible if the tire is seriouslydamaged.

CHANGING A FLAT TIREIf you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions in this section to replace the tire witha spare tire (if so equipped). For thevehicles with run-flat tires, you can con-tinue driving to a safe location even if theyare punctured. (See “Run-flat tires” (P.6-4)and “Run-flat tires” (P.8-36).)

This section also contains the informationabout the vehicle jack-up procedures.

Stopping the vehicle1. Safely move the vehicle off the road

and away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Move the shift lever tothe P (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,and to signal professional road assis-

tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

. Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the automatic transmissioninto P (Park).

. Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

. Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

MCE0001A

Blocking wheelsPlace suitable blocks *1 at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire to prevent the vehicle frommoving when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

JVE0105X

Jacking tools



SCE0702

Spare tire (if so equipped)

Getting the spare tire (if soequipped) and toolsRaise the trunk floor cover *1 .

Remove jacking tools located inside thetrunk as illustrated.

Remove the cap *2 holding the spare tire.

Jacking up the vehicle and remov-ing the damaged tire

WARNING

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Use only the jack provided with yourvehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use thejack provided with your vehicle on othervehicles. The jack is designed for liftingonly your vehicle during a tire change.

. Use the correct jack-up points. Never useany other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

. Never jack up the vehicle more thannecessary.

. Never use blocks on or under the jack.

. Do not start or run the engine whilevehicle is on the jack, as it may causethe vehicle to move. This is especiallytrue for vehicles with limited slip differ-entials.

. Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

Carefully read the caution label attached tothe jack body and the following instruc-tions.

CE1089-A

Jack-up point1. Place the jack directly under the jack-up

point as illustrated so the top of thejack contacts the vehicle at the jack-uppoint. Align the jack head between thetwo notches in the front or the rear asshown. Also fit the groove of the jackhead between the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on level firmground.

SCE0504

2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turnsby turning counterclockwise with thewheel nut wrench. Do not remove thewheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

3. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rodwith both hands as shown above.Remove the wheel nuts, and thenremove the tire.



SCE0661

Installing the spare tireThe T-type spare tire (if so equipped) isdesigned for emergency use. (See specificinstructions under the heading “Wheelsand tires” (P.8-29).)

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly in thesequence as illustrated (*1 , *2 , *3 ,*4 , *5 ) until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence asillustrated. Lower the vehicle comple-tely.

WARNING

. Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tigh-tened wheel nuts can cause the wheel tobecome loose or come off. This couldcause an accident.

. Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

. Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

. As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to specification at all times. It

is recommended that wheel nuts betightened to specifications at eachlubrication interval.

. Adjust tire pressure to the COLDpressure.

COLD pressure:

After the vehicle has been parkedfor three hours or more or drivenless than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel affixed to the driver side centerpillar.

JVE0106X

5. Securely store the flat tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

6. Place the spare tire cover (if soequipped) and the trunk floor carpetingover the damaged tire.

7. Close the trunk.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the spare tire (ifso equipped) and jacking equipment areproperly secured after use. Such itemscan become dangerous projectiles in anaccident or sudden stop.

. The T-type spare tire and small sizespare tire (if so equipped) are designedfor emergency use. See specific instruc-tions under the heading “Wheels andtires” (P.8-29).

To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions belowmust be followed.

WARNING

. If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could alsodamage your vehicle.

. Explosive hydrogen gas is always pre-sent in the vicinity of the battery. Keepall sparks and flames away from thebattery.

. Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is acorrosive sulphuric acid solution whichcan cause severe burns. If the fluidshould come into contact with anything,immediately flush the contacted areawith water.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.

. The booster battery must be rated at 12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.


JUMP STARTING


. Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

. Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and causeserious injury.

. Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at any time.Keep hands and other objects away fromit. JVE0107X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Failureto do so could result in damage to thecharging system and cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle *A , position the two vehicles(*A and *B ) to bring their batteriesinto close proximity to each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the shiftlever to the P (Park) position. Switch off

all unnecessary electrical systems(light, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with afirmly wrung out moist cloth *C toreduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated (*1 ? *2 ? *3 ? *4 ).

CAUTION

. Always connect positive (+) to positive(+) and negative (−) to body ground (asillustrated) − not to the battery.

. Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that clamps do not contactany other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle*A and let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle *A at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the engine of the vehicle beingjump started *B .

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait 10seconds before trying again.

7. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable and thenthe positive cable (*4 ? *3 ? *2 ?*1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may becontaminated with corrosive acid.

9. Put the battery cover on. Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

. Automatic Transmission (AT) modelscannot be push-started or tow-started.Attempting to do so may cause trans-mission damage.

. Three-way catalyst equipped modelsshould not be started by pushing sincethe three-way catalyst may be damaged.

. Never try to start the vehicle by towingit; when the engine starts, the forwardsurge could cause the vehicle to collidewith the tow vehicle.


PUSH STARTING


CAUTION

. Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiator capis removed, pressurized hot water willspurt out, possibly causing seriousinjury.

. Do not open the hood if steam is comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated byan extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theshift lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the climate control. Open allthe windows, move the heater or airconditioner temperature control tomaximum hot and fan control to high

speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused byclimbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approximately1,500 rpm) until the temperature gaugeindication returns to normal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine.) Do not open the hoodfurther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine,stand clear to prevent getting burned.

6. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fanis running. The radiator hoses andradiator should not leak water. If cool-ant is leaking or the cooling fan doesnot run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time.

7. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the reservoir tank withthe engine running. Add coolant to thereservoir tank if necessary. Have yourvehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITIretailer.

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulations fortowing must be followed. Incorrect towingequipment could damage your vehicle.Towing instructions are available from anINFINITI retailer. Local service operators arefamiliar with the applicable laws andprocedures for towing. To assure propertowing and to prevent accidental damageto your vehicle, INFINITI recommends thatyou have a service operator tow yourvehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the following pre-cautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

. Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system andpowertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must be

used.

. Always attach safety chains before tow-ing.

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), see“Flat towing” (P.9-19) of this manual.


TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


SCE0788

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsTOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flat bedtruck as illustrated.

CAUTION

. Never tow automatic transmission mod-els with the rear wheels on the groundor four wheels on the ground (forward orbackward), as this may cause serious

and expensive damage to the transmis-sion. If it is necessary to tow the vehiclewith the front wheels raised, always usetowing dollies under the rear wheels.

. When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the ground oron towing dollies: Push the ignitionswitch to the ACC or ON position, andsecure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similardevice.

SCE0488

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) modelsIntelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)modelsINFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck asillustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow Intelligent AWD models with anyof the wheels on the ground as this maycause serious and expensive damage to thepowertrain.

JVE0120X

Front

JVE0119X

Rear



JVE0130X

Rear

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuckvehicle)

WARNING

. Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

. Do not spin your tires at high speed. Thiscould cause them to explode and resultin serious injury. Parts of your vehiclecould also overheat and be damaged.

Pulling a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other devicedesigned specifically for vehicle recovery.Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for the recovery device.

Front:

1. Remove the cover using a suitable tool.

2. Securely install the vehicle recoveryhook *1 stored with jacking tools asillustrated. Attach the tow strap to therecovery hook.

Make sure that the hook is properlysecured in the original place after use.

Rear:

Do not use the tie down hook *2 fortowing or vehicle recovery.

The rear hook *3 is designed as therecovery hook.

To use the recovery hook:

1. Remove the cover from the rear bumperusing a suitable tool.

2. Securely install the recovery hook *3(stored with jacking tools) to theattaching mount located on the rearbumper.

3. Make sure that the recovery hook isproperly secured in its storage locationafter use.

CAUTION

. Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to the vehicle recovery hooks ormain structural members of the vehicle.Otherwise, the vehicle body will bedamaged.

. Do not use the vehicle tie downs to freea vehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.

. Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tiedowns or recovery hooks.

. Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front of the vehicle. Never pull on thevehicle at an angle.

. Pulling devices should be routed so theydo not touch any part of the suspension,steering, brake or cooling systems.

. Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

Rocking a stuck vehicleIf your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behindthe vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.. Shift back and forth between R

(Reverse) and D (Drive).. Apply the accelerator as little as

possible to maintain the rockingmotion.

. Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

. Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH(55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after afew tries, contact a professional towingservice to remove the vehicle.



MEMO

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ................................................. 7-2Washing.......................................................... 7-2Waxing............................................................ 7-2Removing spots............................................... 7-3Underbody ...................................................... 7-3Glass............................................................... 7-3Wheels............................................................ 7-3Chrome parts .................................................. 7-4Tire dressing ................................................... 7-4

Cleaning interior ................................................. 7-5Air fresheners ................................................ 7-5Moonroof sunshade (if so equipped) ............. 7-5Floor mats ..................................................... 7-6Seat belts...................................................... 7-7

Corrosion protection............................................ 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ........................................... 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion ................................................... 7-7To protect your vehicle from corrosion ........... 7-8

7-2 Appearance and care

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.

To protect the paint surface, wash yourvehicle as soon as you can:

. after a rainfall to prevent possibledamage from acid rain

. after driving on coastal roads

. when contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

. when dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park yourvehicle inside a garage or in a coveredarea.

When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle witha body cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the bodycover.

WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wet spongeand plenty of water. Clean the vehiclethoroughly using a mild soap, a specialvehicle soap or general purpose dishwash-ing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm(never hot) water.

CAUTION

. Do not use car washes that use acid inthe detergent. Some car washes, espe-cially brushless ones, use some acid forcleaning. The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, causingthem to crack. This could affect theirappearance, and also could cause themnot to function properly. Always checkwith your car wash to confirm that acidis not used.

. Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

. Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

. Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Care

must be taken when removing caked-ondirt or other foreign substances so thepaint surface is not scratched or da-maged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of cleanwater.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularlyvulnerable to the effects of road salt.Therefore, these areas must be regularlycleaned. Make sure that the drain holes inthe lower edge of the door are open. Spraywater under the body and in the wheelwells to loosen the dirt and wash awayroad salt.

Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to drythe vehicle.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance before reapplying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you inchoosing the proper product.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

. Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

. Do not use a wax containing anyabrasives, cutting compounds or clea-ners that may damage the vehiclefinish.

Machine compound or aggressive polish-ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finishmay dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTSRemove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as possiblefrom the paint surface to avoid lastingdamage or staining. Special cleaningproducts are available at an INFINITIretailer or any automotive accessorystores.

UNDERBODYIn areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt from buildingup and causing the acceleration of corro-sion on the underbody and suspension.Before the winter period and again in thespring, the underseal must be checkedand, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASSUse glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth willeasily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant clea-ners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

WHEELSWash the wheels when washing the vehicleto maintain their appearance.

. Clean the inner side of the wheels whenthe wheel is changed or the undersideof the vehicle is washed.

. Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at the tirebead.

. INFINITI recommends that the roadwheels be waxed to protect againstroad salt in areas where it is usedduring winter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners when washingthe wheels.

Aluminum alloy wheelsWash regularly with a sponge dampened ina mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt isused. Salt could discolor the wheels if notremoved.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid stain-ing or discoloring the wheels:

. Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

. Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as

Appearance and care 7-3


ambient temperature.

. Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

Bright wheels (if so equipped)The bright wheels use a different coatingprocess than typical aluminum alloy wheeland they are not plated wheels. Thesewheels are clear-coated and require thefollowing special cleaning. They should beregularly washed with a soft spongesoaked in a lot of water. After washingwith water, wipe clean with a dry, soft clothand dry completely. When there is chemicalor tire wax, or dirt such as an antifreezeagent on the surface, wash them withwater as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. The surfaces of the wheels use adifferent coating process than typicalaluminum alloy wheels. Do not usealuminum alloy wheel cleaners or abra-sive cleaners to clean the wheels. Usingsuch cleaners could damage the wheelsurfaces.

. Do not use an automatic car wash if thevehicle is equipped with bright wheels.The wheel coating may be damaged.

. Do not use a brush to wash the wheels ifthe vehicle is equipped with brightwheels. The wheel coating may bedamaged.

CHROME PARTSClean chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain thefinish.

TIRE DRESSINGINFINITI does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce dis-coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing isapplied to the tires, it may react with thecoating and form a compound. This com-pound may come off the tire while drivingand stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:

. Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

. Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

. Wipe off excess tire dressing using adry towel. Make sure the tire dressingis completely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

. Allow the tire dressing to dry asrecommended by tire dressing manu-facturer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer’s recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals thatmay stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This candamage the seat or occupant classificationsensors. This can also affect the operationof the air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

CAUTION

. Never use benzine, thinner, or anysimilar material.

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampenedwith water. Never use a rough cloth,alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind ofsolvent or paper towel with a chemicalcleaning agent. They will scratch orcause discoloration to the lens.

. Do not spray any liquid such as water onthe meter lens. Spraying liquid maycause the system to malfunction.

. Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to the leather surfaces andshould be removed promptly. Do not usesaddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils,cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

. Only use fabric protectors approved byINFINITI.

. Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERSMost air fresheners use a solvent thatcould affect the vehicle interior. If you usean air freshener, take the following pre-cautions:

. Hanging-type air fresheners can causepermanent discoloration when theycontact vehicle interior surfaces. Placethe air freshener in a location thatallows it to hang free and not contactan interior surface.

. Liquid-type air fresheners typically clipon the vents. These products can causeimmediate damage and discolorationwhen spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufac-turer’s instructions before using air fresh-eners.

MOONROOF SUNSHADE (if soequipped)The moonroof sunshade is made from asuede material.

Clean the sunshade material as follows:


CLEANING INTERIOR


CAUTION

To help prevent damaging the sunshadewhile cleaning:

. Do not rub the material with a cloth.Doing so can damage the surface of thematerial or cause a stain to spread.

. Never use benzine, thinner or any similarchemical to clean the suede. This maydiscolor the sunshade and damage thesurface.

. Clean water based stains by patting thesurface with a clean soft cloth dampenedin warm water. Press a clean dry clothonto the surface to remove as muchdampness as possible and then let airdry.

. Clean oil based stains by patting thesurface with a clean soft cloth dampenedin warm water. Press a clean dry clothonto the surface to remove as muchdampness as possible and then let airdry.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision or injury:

. NEVER place a floor mat on top ofanother floor mat in the driver frontposition.

. Use only genuine NISSAN floor matsspecifically designed for use in yourvehicle model. See your INFINITI retailerfor more information.

. Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioning aid.See “Floor mat positioning aid” (P.7-6).

The use of INFINITI floor mats can extendthe life of your vehicle carpet and make iteasier to clean the interior. Mats should bemaintained with regular cleaning andreplaced if they become excessively worn.

SAI0050

Front (example)

Floor mat positioning aidThis model includes front floor mat brack-ets to act as floor mat positioning aid.INFINITI floor mats have been speciallydesigned for your vehicle model. The frontfloor mats have grommet holes in them. Toinstall, simply position the mat by placingthe floor mat bracket through the floor matgrommet hole while centering the mat inthe floor pan contour.

Periodically check to make certain that themats are properly positioned.

SAI0051

Bracket positionsThe illustration shows the location of thefloor mat brackets.

SEAT BELTSThe seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to drycompletely before using them.

See “Seat belts” (P.1-12).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemi-

cal solvents to clean the seat belts, sincethese materials may severely weaken theseat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI-BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION. The accumulation of moisture-retaining

dirt and debris in body panel sections,cavities, and other areas.

. Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU-ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

MoistureAccumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidityCorrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing where atmospheric pollution ex-ists, or where road salt is used.


CORROSION PROTECTION


TemperatureA temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollutionIndustrial pollution, the presence of salt inthe air in coastal areas, or heavy road saltuse will accelerate the corrosion process.Road salt will also accelerate the disinte-gration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION. Wash and wax your vehicle often to

keep the vehicle clean.. Always check for minor damage to the

paint and repair it as soon as possible.. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the

doors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

. Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, washwith water as soon as possible.

CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner.

. Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult an INFINITI retailer.

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirement .................................... 8-2Scheduled maintenance .................................. 8-2General maintenance....................................... 8-2Where to go for service ................................... 8-2

General maintenance........................................... 8-2Explanation of maintenance items ................... 8-2

Maintenance precautions..................................... 8-5Engine compartment check locations ................... 8-6

VQ37VHR engine ............................................. 8-6Engine cooling system......................................... 8-8

Checking engine coolant level ......................... 8-9Changing engine coolant ................................. 8-9

Engine oil .......................................................... 8-10Checking engine oil level............................... 8-10Changing engine oil and filter ....................... 8-10

Automatic transmission fluid ............................. 8-12Power steering fluid (if so equipped) ................. 8-13Brake fluid......................................................... 8-13Window washer fluid ......................................... 8-14Battery .............................................................. 8-15

Jump starting ................................................ 8-16Variable voltage control system ......................... 8-17Drive belts......................................................... 8-17

Spark plugs ...................................................... 8-18Replacing spark plugs ................................. 8-18

Air cleaner ........................................................ 8-19Windshield wiper blades................................... 8-20

Cleaning ...................................................... 8-20Replacing..................................................... 8-20

Brakes .............................................................. 8-21Self-adjusting brakes ................................... 8-21Brake pad wear warning .............................. 8-21

Fuses ................................................................ 8-22Engine compartment.................................... 8-22Passenger compartment............................... 8-23

Intelligent Key battery replacement ................... 8-24Lights................................................................ 8-26

Headlights ................................................... 8-27Exterior and interior lights ........................... 8-27

Wheels and tires............................................... 8-29Tire pressure ............................................... 8-29Tire labeling ................................................ 8-33Types of tires............................................... 8-35Tire chains................................................... 8-37Changing wheels and tires........................... 8-38

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Some day-to-day and regular maintenanceis essential to maintain your vehicle goodmechanical condition, as well as its emis-sion and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the scheduled maintenance, aswell as general maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesthe proper maintenance. You are a vital linkin the maintenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEFor your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance items aredescribed and listed in your “INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide”. You mustrefer to that guide to ensure that necessarymaintenance is performed on your vehicleat regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCEGeneral maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normalday-to-day operation. They are essential forproper vehicle operation. It is your respon-sibility to perform these procedures reg-ularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks

requires minimal mechanical skill and onlya few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby yourself, a qualified technician or, if youprefer, an INFINITI retailer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICEIf maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced by anINFINITI retailer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through techni-cal bulletins, service tips, and in-retailer-ship information systems. They arecompletely qualified to work on INFINITIvehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIretailer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smell, be sure tocheck for the cause or have an INFINITIretailer do it promptly. In addition, youshould notify an INFINITI retailer if youthink that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, see “Maintenance precau-tions” (P.8-5).

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCEITEMSAdditional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in thissection.

Outside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood, operateproperly. Also ensure that all latches locksecurely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latchpins, rollers and links if necessary. Makesure that the secondary latch keeps thehood from opening when the primary latch

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, andother lights are all operating properly andinstalled securely. Also check headlightaim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check-ing the tires, make sure no wheel nuts aremissing, and check for any loose wheelnuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotatedevery 5,000 miles (8,000 km).

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires, including the spare, to thepressure specified. Check carefully fordamage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core andcap when the tires are replaced due towear or age.

Tire, wheel alignment and balance: If the

vehicle should pull to either side whiledriving on a straight and level road, or ifyou detect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or otherdamage. Have a damaged windshieldrepaired by a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort.

Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mechan-ism: On a fairly steep hill, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the shift leverin the P (Park) position without applyingany brakes.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenlygoes down further than normal, the pedalfeels spongy or the vehicle seems to takelonger to stop, see an INFINITI retailerimmediately. Keep the floor mat away fromthe pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill with onlythe parking brake applied. If the parkingbrake needs adjusted, see an INFINITIretailer.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, an-chors, adjuster and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such as

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3


seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. toensure they operate smoothly and that alllatches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move upand down smoothly and that the locks (ifso equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessive freeplay, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure thatall warning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operatingthe heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicleThe maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (for example, eachtime you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell.It should be between the MAX and MINlines. Vehicles operated in high tempera-

tures or under severe condition requirefrequent checks of the battery fluid level.

NOTE:





Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake fluid level is between the MAX andMIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that no beltis frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level spot andturning off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil

pan.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, im-mediately have the exhaust system in-spected by an INFINITI retailer. (See“Precautions when starting and driving”(P.5-3).)

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after thevehicle has been parked for a while. Waterdripping from the air conditioner after useis normal. If you should notice any leaks orif gasoline fumes are evident, check for thecause and have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold,with the engine off. Check the lines forproper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks,deformation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to control dust.

It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines and aroundthe exhaust system. At the end of winter,the underbody should be thoroughlyflushed with plain water, being careful toclean those areas where mud and dirt mayaccumulate. For additional information,see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2).

Windshield washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injury toyourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

. Park the vehicle on a level surface, applythe parking brake securely and block thewheels to prevent the vehicle frommoving. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

. Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

. Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

. Never leave the engine or automatictransmission related component har-nesses disconnected while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

. If you must work with the enginerunning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

. It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. beforeworking on your vehicle.

. Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

. If you must run the engine in anenclosed space such as a garage, besure there is proper ventilation forexhaust gases to escape.

. Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it isnecessary to work under the vehicle,support it with safety stands.

. Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from fuel tank and thebattery.

. Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition key is in the OFF position andthe engine is not running. To avoidinjury, always disconnect the negativebattery cable before working near thefan.

. The fuel filter or fuel lines should beserviced by an INFINITI retailer becausethe fuel lines are under high pressure


MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


even when the engine is off.

CAUTION

. Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

. Avoid direct contact with used engine oiland coolant. Improperly disposed engineoil, coolant, and/or other vehicle fluidscan damage the environment. Alwaysconform to local regulations for disposalof vehicle fluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section gives instructions regarding onlythose items which are relatively easy for anowner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. (See “Owner’s Manual/ServiceManual order information” (P.9-23).)

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in operatingdifficulties or excessive emissions, andcould affect your warranty coverage. If indoubt about any servicing, we recommendthat it be done by an INFINITI retailer.

JVM0249X

VQ37VHR ENGINETo remove the engine compartment cover,unhook the clips located as illustrated.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

JVM0250X

1. Battery2. Engine oil filler cap3. Brake fluid reservoir4. Power steering fluid reservoir (if so

equipped)5. Air cleaner6. Radiator filler cap7 Engine coolant reservoir8 Engine oil dipstick9 Engine drive belt location10 Fuse/fusible link holder11 Window washer fluid reservoir



The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Cool-ant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection.The anti-freeze solution contains rust andcorrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluid escap-ing from the radiator. See precautions in“If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-12) ofthis manual.

. The radiator is equipped with a pressuretype radiator cap. To prevent enginedamage, use only a genuine NISSANradiator cap.

CAUTION

. Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives may

clog the cooling system and causedamage to the engine, transmissionand/or cooling system.

. When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva-lent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted toprovide antifreeze protection to −348F(−378C). If additional freeze protection isneeded due to weather where youoperate your vehicle, add GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(blue) concentrate following the direc-tions on the container. If an equivalentcoolant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used,follow the coolant manufacture’s instruc-tions to maintain minimum antifreezeprotection to −348F (−378C). The use ofother types of coolant solutions otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent maydamage the engine cooling system.

. The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type ofcoolant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), including

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the lifeexpectancy of the factory-fill coolant.Refer to the INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide for more details.

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

JVM0251X

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVELCheck the coolant level in the reservoirwhen the engine is cold. If the coolantlevel is below MIN *2 , open the reservoirtank cap and add coolant up to the MAX*1level. If the reservoir tank is empty, checkthe coolant level in the radiator when theengine is cold. If there is insufficientcoolant in the radiator, fill the radiatorwith coolant up to the filler opening andalso add it to the reservoir tank up to theMAX level *1 .

Tighten the cap securely after addingengine coolant.

If the cooling system requires coolantfrequently, have it checked by an INFINITIretailer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANTMajor cooling system repairs should beperformed by an INFINITI retailer. Theservice procedures can be found in theappropriate INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheat-ing.

WARNING

. To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when theengine is hot.

. Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

. Avoid direct skin contact with usedcoolant. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

. Keep coolant out of reach of children andpets.

Engine coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.



SDI2045

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be within therange *1 . If the oil level is below *2 ,remove the oil filler cap and pour

recommended oil through the opening.Do not overfill *3 .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity ofoperating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.Operating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

Vehicle set-up1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and

apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.. Place the safety jack stands under

the vehicle jack-up points.. A suitable adapter should be at-

tached to the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.. Remove the small plastic clip at the

center point of the undercover.. Then remove the other bolts that

hold the undercover in place.

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and supportpoints are used to avoid vehicle damage.

ENGINE OIL

SDI2335

2WD models

SDI2047

AWD models

Engine oil and filter1. Place a large drain pan under the drain

plug.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug *1 with awrench and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as theengine oil is hot.

. Waste oil must be disposed ofproperly.

. Check your local regulations.

4. (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when theengine oil filter change is needed.)

Loosen the oil filter *2 with an oil filterwrench. Remove the oil filter by turningit by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mountingsurface with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old rubber gasketremaining on the mounting surface of the

engine. Failure to do so could lead to enginedamage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug witha new washer. Securely tighten thedrain plug with a wrench.Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 N·m)

Do not use excessive force.

9. Refill engine with recommended oil andinstall the oil filler cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” (P.9-2) for drain andrefill capacity. The drain and refillcapacity depends on the oil tempera-ture and drain time. Use these specifi-cations for reference only. Always usethe dipstick to determine the proper



amount of oil in the engine.

10.Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required.

11.Turn the engine off and wait more than15 minutes. Check the oil level with thedipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation1. Install the engine undercover into

position as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plasticclip out.

b. Hold the engine undercover intoposition.

c. Insert the clip through the under-cover into the hole in the frame, thenpush the center of the clip in to lockthe clip in place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful notto strip the bolts or over-tightenthem.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

WARNING

. Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

. Try to avoid direct skin contact with usedoil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaneras soon as possible.

. Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

When checking or replacement is required,we recommend an INFINITI retailer forservicing.

CAUTION

. Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF.Do not mix with other fluids.

. Using automatic transmission fluid otherthan Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF willcause deterioration in driveability andautomatic transmission durability, andmay damage the automatic transmis-sion, which is not covered by the INFINITInew vehicle limited warranty.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID

SDI1765A

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked using theHOT range (*1 : HOT MAX., *2 : HOT MIN.)at fluid temperatures of 122 to 1768F (50to 808C) or using the COLD range (*3 :COLD MAX., *4 : COLD MIN.) at fluidtemperatures of 32 to 868F (0 to 308C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, addGenuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent. Re-move the cap and fill through the opening.

CAUTION

. Do not overfill.

. Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.

For further brake fluid information, see“Capacities and recommended fuel/lubri-cants” (P.9-2) of this manual.

WARNING

. Use only new fluid from a sealedcontainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system. Theuse of improper fluids can damage thebrake system and affect the vehicle’sstopping ability.

. Clean the filler cap before removing.

. Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces.This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled,wash the surface with water.


POWER STEERING FLUID (if so equipped) BRAKE FLUID


JVM0325X

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thefluid is below the MIN line *2 or the brakewarning light comes on, add GenuineNISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid orequivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line*1 . If fluid must be added frequently, thesystem should be checked by an INFINITIretailer.

JVM0253X

WARNING

Antifreeze is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containers outof the reach of children.

Fill the window washer fluid reservoirperiodically. Add window washer fluidwhen the low window washer fluid warningappears in the vehicle information display.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir and pour thewindow washer fluid into the reservoiropening.

To check the window washer fluid level,use your finger to plug the hole *1 of thecap/tube assembly, then remove it fromthe reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube,add fluid.

Add a washer solvent to the washer forbetter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer’s instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of window washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution. Thismay result in damage to the paint.

. Do not fill the window washer reservoirwith washer fluid concentrates at fullstrength. Some methyl alcohol basedwasher fluid concentrates may perma-nently stain the grille if spilled whilefilling the window washer reservoir.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

. Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir. Do notuse the window washer reservoir to mixthe washer fluid concentrate and water.

. Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution ofbaking soda and water.

. Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

. If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the negative(−) battery terminal cable to preventdischarging it.

NOTE:





WARNING

. Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas gener-

ated by the battery is explosive. Do notallow battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Aftertouching a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

. Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid inthe battery is low. Low battery fluid cancause a higher load on the battery whichcan generate heat, reduce battery life,and in some cases lead to an explosion.

. When working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

. Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

. Keep the battery out of the reach ofchildren.


BATTERY


DI0137MA

Check the fluid level in each cell (Removethe battery cover if it is necessary). Itshould be between the UPPER LEVEL *1and LOWER LEVEL *2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to theindicator in each filler opening. Do notoverfill.

SDI1480C

1. Remove the cell plugs *A .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL *1 line.

If the side of the battery is not clear,check the distilled water level bylooking directly above the cell; thecondition *1 indicates OK and theconditions*2 needs more to be added.

3. Tighten cell plugs *A .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTINGIf jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” (P.6-9). If the engine does notstart by jump starting, the battery mayhave to be replaced. Contact an INFINITIretailer.

CAUTION

. Do not ground accessories directly to thebattery terminal. Doing so will bypassthe variable voltage control system andthe vehicle battery may not chargecompletely.

. Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging thevehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea-sures the amount of electrical dischargefrom the battery and controls voltagegenerated by the generator.

SDI2119

Type A1. Power steering fluid pump2. Alternator3. Crankshaft pulley4. Air conditioner compressor5. Drive belt auto-tensioner

JVM0243X

Type B1. Alternator2. Crankshaft pulley3. Air conditioner compressor4. Drive belt auto-tensioner

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position before servicing drive belts.The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying or loosen-ess. If the belt is in poor condition or


VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELTS


loose, have it replaced or adjusted byan INFINITI retailer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and the ignition switchare off and that the parking brake isengaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs. SDI2020

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, see an INFINITIretailer for servicing.

Iridium-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace the iridium-tipped spark plugs as frequently as theconventional type spark plugs since theywill last much longer. Follow the main-tenance schedule in “INFINITI Service andMaintenance Guide”, but do not reusethem by cleaning or regapping.

SPARK PLUGS

Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

JVM0254X

Remove the retainers*1 as illustrated andpull out the filter element *2 .

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance intervals. See “INFINITI Ser-vice and Maintenance Guide” for mainte-nance intervals. When replacing the filter,

wipe the inside of the air cleaner housingand the cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you or othersto be burned. The air cleaner not onlycleans the air, it stops flame if theengine backfires. If it isn’t there, and theengine backfires, you could be burned.Do not drive with the air cleanerremoved, and be careful when workingon the engine with the air cleanerremoved.

. Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.


AIR CLEANER


CLEANINGIf your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or othermaterial may be on the blade or wind-shield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a milddetergent. Then rinse the blade with clearwater. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.

When a washer nozzle is cloggedSee an INFINITI retailer if a washer nozzle isclogged or any malfunction occurs. Do notattempt to clean the nozzle using a needleor a pin. Doing so may damage the nozzle.

SDI2048

REPLACINGReplace the wiper blades if they are worn.

Before replacing the wiper blades, thewiper should be in the fully up positionto avoid scratching the engine hood ordamaging the wiper arm. To pull up thewiper arm, see “Windshield wiper andwasher switch” (P.2-33).

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push the release tab *A , and thenmove the wiper blade down the wiperarm *1 while pushing the release tabto remove.

3. Insert the new wiper blade onto thewiper arm until a click sounds.

4. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple isin the groove.

CAUTION

. After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;

otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

. Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arm may be da-

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

maged from wind pressure.If the brakes do not operate properly, havethe brakes checked by an INFINITI retailer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKESYour vehicle is equipped with self-adjust-ing brakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust every timethe brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See an INFINITI retailer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does notreturn to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGThe disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requiresreplacement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is inmotion. This scraping sound will first occuronly when the brake pedal is depressed.After more wear of the brake pad, thesound will always be heard even if thebrake pedal is not depressed. Have thebrakes checked as soon as possible if thewear warning sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,

occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops isnormal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information,see the maintenance log section of your“INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide”for maintenance intervals.


BRAKES


JVM0255X

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

SDI1754

5. If the fuse is open *A , replace it with anew fuse *B . Spare fuses are stored inthe passenger compartment fuse box.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repairedby an INFINITI retailer.

Fusible linksIf any electrical equipment does notoperate and fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace only withgenuine INFINITI parts.

FUSES

JVM0256X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or loweramperage rating than that specified on thefuse box cover. This could damage theelectrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does notoperate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch is pushed tothe OFF or LOCK position and theheadlight switch is turned to OFF.

2. Open the fuse box lid.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller*A .

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a newfuse.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and repairedby an INFINITI retailer. Spare fuses arestored in the fuse box.

JVM0257X

Extended storage fuse switch (if soequipped)To reduce battery drain, the extendedstorage fuse switch comes from the factoryswitched off. Prior to delivery of yourvehicle, the switch is pushed in (switchedon) and should always remain on.

If the extended storage fuse switch is notpushed in (switched on), the “ShippingMode On, Push Storage Fuse” warning mayappear in the vehicle information display.See “18. Extended storage fuse warning”(P.2-23).

If any electrical equipment does not



operate, remove the extended storage fuseswitch and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

If the extended storage fuse switch mal-functions or if the fuse is open, it is notnecessary to replace the switch. In thiscase, remove the extended storage fuseswitch and replace it with a new fuse ofthe same rating.How to remove the extended storage fuseswitch:

1. To remove the extended storage fuseswitch, be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF or LOCK position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in theOFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs *1 found oneach side of the storage fuse switch.

5. Pull the storage fuse switch straight outfrom the fuse box *2 .

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery and removed parts.

JVM0317X

To replace the battery:

1. Release the lock knob at the back of theIntelligent Key and remove the mechan-ical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver wrappedwith a cloth into the slit of the cornerand twist it to separate the upper part

INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

from the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery:

CR2025 or equivalent. Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as it could cause amalfunction.

. Hold the battery by the edges.Holding the battery across the con-tact points will seriously deplete thestorage capacity.

. Make sure that the + side faces thebottom of the case.

SDI2452

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts *1 , and then push them together*2 until it is securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check itsoperation.

See an INFINITI retailer if you need anyassistance for replacement.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

NOTE:


For Canada:

This device complies with RSS-210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions: (1) thisdevice may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of the device.



JVM0272X

1. Headlight (high-beam)2. Headlight (low-beam)3. Map light4. Front side marker light5. Rear personal light6. Side turn signal light7. Front turn signal light8. Fog light9. Parking light10. Step light11. Courtesy light12. High-mounted stop light13. Back-up light14. Rear turn signal light15. Stop light/tail light16 Rear side marker light17 License plate light18 Trunk light

LIGHTS

HEADLIGHTSIf replacement is required, see an INFINITIretailer.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens ofthe exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction. Iflarge drops of water collect inside the lens,contact an INFINITI retailer.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTSItem Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight*

High/Low beams LED —

Front turn signal light* LED —

Front fog light* LED —

Parking light* LED —

Front side marker light* LED —

Side turn signal light* LED —

Rear combination light*

back-up* LED —

turn signal 21 WY21W

stop/tail/side marker* LED —

License plate light 5 W5W

Map light* LED —

Rear personal light 8 —

Vanity mirror light 2 —

Step light 5 —

Trunk light 3.4 —

Courtesy light* LED —

High-mounted stop light* LED —

*: See an INFINITI retailer for replacement.

NOTE: Always check with the Parts Depart-ment at an INFINITI retailer for the latestinformation about parts.



Replacement proceduresAll other lights are either type A, B, C, D, Eor F. When replacing a bulb, first removethe lens and/or cover.

SDI1679

SDI2031

Rear personal light

SDI1839

Vanity mirror light

SDI2330

Step light

SDI1258A

Trunk light

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6-3).

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit and the “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning appears in thevehicle information display, one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated.

The TPMS will activate only when thevehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may notdetect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).

For more details, see “Low tire pressurewarning light” (P.2-14),“Tire Pressure Mon-itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-4) and “TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6-3).

Tire inflation pressureCheck the pressure of the tires(including the spare) often and al-

ways prior to long distance trips. Therecommended tire pressure specifi-cations are shown on the Tire andLoading Information label under the“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. TheTire and Loading Information label isaffixed to the driver side center pillar.Tire pressures should be checkedregularly because:

. Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

. Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or otherobjects or if the vehicle strikes acurb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehiclehas been parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) atmoderate speeds.

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatorprovides visual and audible signalsoutside the vehicle for inflating thetires to the recommended COLD tire


WHEELS AND TIRES


pressure. (See “TPMS with Tire Infla-tion Indicator” (P.5-7) about theTPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator.)

Incorrect tire pressure, includingunder inflation, may adversely affecttire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

. Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

. The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label. The vehicleweight capacity is indicated onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not load your vehiclebeyond this capacity. Overloadingyour vehicle may result in reducedtire life, unsafe operating condi-tions due to premature tire failure,or unfavorable handling character-istics and could also lead to aserious accident. Loading beyondthe specified capacity may also

result in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

. Before taking a long trip, orwhenever you heavily load yourvehicle, use a tire pressure gaugeto ensure that the tire pressuresare at the specified level.

. For additional information regard-ing tires, refer to “Important TireSafety Information” (US) or “TireSafety Information” (Canada) inthe Warranty Information Booklet.

SDI2567

Tire and Loading Information label*1 Seating capacity: The maximum

number of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.

*2 Vehicle load limit: See “Vehicleloading information” (P.9-16).

*3 Original size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicleat the factory.

*4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate thetires to this pressure when thetires are cold. Tires are consid-

ered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours,or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds. Therecommended cold tire inflationis set by the manufacturer toprovide the best balance of tirewear, vehicle handling, driveabil-ity, tire noise, etc., up to thevehicle’s GVWR.

*5 Tire size — see “Tire labeling”(P.8-33).

*6 Spare tire size or compact sparetire size (if so equipped)



SDI1949

Checking the tire pressure1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.

2. Press the pressure gaugesquarely onto the valve stem. Donot press too hard or force thevalve stem sideways, or air willescape. If the hissing sound of airescaping from the tire is heardwhile checking the pressure, re-position the gauge to eliminatethis leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare it tothe specification shown on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. Iftoo much air is added, press thecore of the valve stem briefly withthe tip of the gauge stem torelease pressure. Recheck thepressure and add or release airas needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

SIZECOLD TIREINFLATIONPRESSURE

FRONTORIGINAL

TIRE

P225/55RF1795V

240 kPa,35 PSI

P245/40RF1994V

240 kPa,35 PSI

245/40RF1994W

240 kPa,35 PSI

REAR ORI-GINAL TIRE

P225/55RF1795V

240 kPa,35 PSI

P245/40RF1994V

240 kPa,35 PSI

245/40RF1994W

240 kPa,35 PSI

SPARE TIRE(if so

equipped)

T145/70R18107M

420 kPa,60 PSI

SDI1575

Example

TIRE LABELINGFederal law requires tire manufac-turers to place standardized informa-tion on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describesthe fundamental characteristics ofthe tire and also provides the tireidentification number (TIN) for safetystandard certification. The TIN can beused to identify the tire in case of arecall.

SDI1606

Example

*1 Tire size (example: P215/60R1694H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire isdesigned for passenger vehicles.(Not all tires have this informa-tion.)

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in milli-meters of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,

gives the tire’s ratio of height towidth.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

F: The “F” after “R” indicates Self-Supporting type run-flat tire.

5. Two-digit number (16): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94):This number is the tire’s loadindex. It is a measurement ofhow much weight each tire cansupport. You may not find thisinformation on all tires because itis not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You shouldnot drive the vehicle faster thanthe tire speed rating.



SDI1607

Example

*2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment of Transportation”. The sym-bol can be placed above, below orto the left or right of the TireIdentification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’sidentification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manu-facture

6. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. Forexample, the numbers 3103means the 31st week of 2003. Ifthese numbers are missing, thenlook on the other sidewall of thetire.

*3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.

Tire manufacturers also must indi-cate the materials in the tire, whichinclude steel, nylon, polyester, andothers.

*4 Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximum

permissible inflation pressure.

*5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

*6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

*7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown, if the tirehas radial structure.

*8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms thatare defined throughout this section,

Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetricaltire that has a particular side thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

. When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Example: Summer, All Season or Snow)and construction. An INFINITI retailermay be able to help you with informationabout tire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

. Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceed

the maximum speed rating of the tire.


. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

All season tiresINFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance allyear, including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All Season tires are identified by ALLSEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than All Season tires andmay be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tiresINFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating M&S on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy

or icy conditions, INFINITI recommends theuse of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires onall four wheels.

Snow tiresIf snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and loadrating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lower speedratings than factory equipped tires andmay not match the potential maximumvehicle speed. Never exceed the maximumspeed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces prohi-bit their use. Check local, state andprovincial laws before installing studdedtires. Skid and traction capabilities ofstudded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces,may be poorer than that of non-studdedsnow tires.



Run-flat tiresYour vehicle is equipped with run-flat tires.You can continue driving to a safe locationeven if they are punctured. Always use run-flat tires of the specified size on all fourwheels. Mixing tire sizes or constructionmay reduce vehicle handling stability. Ifnecessary, contact an INFINITI retailer forassistance.

Frequently check the tire pressure andadjust pressure of each tire properly. Thetire pressure can be also checked in thevehicle information display.

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire isunder-inflated or flat. Check the tirepressures as described earlier in thissection. If the tire becomes under-inflatedwhile driving, the low tire pressure warninglight will illuminate. If the tire becomes flatwhile driving, the low tire pressure warninglight and the “Flat Tire - Visit dealer”warning will appear.

Low tire pressure:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warninglight will illuminate.

Flat tire:

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the low tire pressurewarning light will illuminate continuouslyand a chime will sound for 10 seconds. A“Flat Tire - Visit dealer” warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

The chime will only sound at the firstindication of a flat tire and the warninglight will illuminate continuously. When theflat tire warning is activated, have thesystem reset and the tire checked andreplaced if necessary by an INFINITI retai-ler. Even if the tire is inflated to thespecified COLD tire pressure, the warninglight will continue to illuminate until thesystem is reset by an INFINITI retailer.

If the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates continuously and the “Flat Tire- Visit dealer” warning appears in thevehicle information display:

. Do not exceed 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. Increase your following distance toallow for increased stopping distances.

. Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard corner-ing and hard braking.

WARNING

. Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident andpersonal injury. Also, driving a longdistance at high speeds may damagethe tire.


. Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.


CAUTION

. Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

. Avoid driving over any projection orpothole, as the clearance between thevehicle and the ground is smaller thannormal.

. Do not enter an automated car wash witha punctured run-flat tire.

. Have the punctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorizedrepair shop. Replace the tire as soonas possible if the tire is seriouslydamaged.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibitedaccording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When instal-ling tire chains, make sure they are theproper size for the tires on your vehicle andare installed according to the chain man-ufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAEClass S chains. Class “S” chains are usedon vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle

clearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspensionor body component required to accommo-date the use of a winter traction device (tirechains or cables). The minimum clearancesare determined using the factory equippedtire size. Other types may damage yourvehicle. Use chain tensioners when recom-mended by the tire chain manufacturer toensure a tight fit. Loose end links of thetire chain must be secured or removed toprevent the possibility of whipping actiondamage to the fenders or underbody. Ifpossible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, drive ata reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely af-fected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire (if so equipped). Neverinstall tire chains on a punctured run-flattire, as this could damage your vehicle.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith tire chains in such conditions can

cause damage to the various mechanismsof the vehicle due to some overstress.



SDI1662

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotationINFINITI recommends rotating thetires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km).(See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla-cing procedures.)

As soon as possible, tighten thewheel nuts to the specified torquewith a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tigh-tened to the specification at alltimes. It is recommended that wheelnuts be tightened to the specifica-tion at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

. After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.

. Retighten the wheel nuts whenthe vehicle has been driven for600 miles (1,000 km) (also incases of a flat tire, etc.).

. Do not include the T-type sparetire or any other small size sparetire in the tire rotation.


SDI1663

1. Wear indicator2. Wear indicator location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

. Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bul-ging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found,the tire(s) should be replaced.

. The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When wearindicators are visible, the tire(s)should be replaced.

. Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician, becausesome tire damage may not beobvious. Replace the tires asnecessary to prevent tire failureand possible personal injury.

. Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personalinjury. If it is necessary to repairthe spare tire, contact an INFINITIretailer.


Replacing wheels and tiresWhen replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carry-ing capacity as originally equipped. (See“Specifications” (P.9-8) for recommendedtypes and sizes of tires and wheels.)

WARNING

. The use of tires other than thoserecommended or the mixed use of tiresof different brands, construction (bias,bias-belted, radial or run-flat), or treadpatterns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clear-ance, speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height. Some ofthese effects may lead to accidents andcould result in serious personal injury.

. For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models, ifyour vehicle was originally equippedwith 4 tires that were the same sizeand you are only replacing 2 of the 4tires, install the new tires on the rearaxle. Placing new tires on the front axlemay cause loss of vehicle control insome driving conditions and cause an

accident and personal injury.

. If the wheels are changed for anyreason, always replace with wheelswhich have the same off-set dimension.Wheels of a different off-set could causepremature tire wear, degrade vehiclehandling characteristics and/or interfer-ence with the brake discs/drums. Suchinterference can lead to decreased brak-ing efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and tires” (P.9-9) of this manual for wheel off-setdimensions.

. When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, the TPMS will not functionand the low tire pressure warning lightwill flash for approximately 1 minute.The light will remain on after 1 minute.Contact your INFINITI retailer as soon aspossible for tire replacement and/orsystem resetting.


. Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been repaired.Such wheels or tires could have struc-tural damage and could fail without



warning.

. The use of retread tire is not recom-mended.

. For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire SafetyInformation” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-mation” (Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)models

CAUTION

. Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and maydamage the transmission, transfer caseand differential gears.

. ONLY use spare tires specified for theIntelligent AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is

recommended that all four tires be re-placed with tires of the same size, brand,construction and tread pattern. The tirepressure and wheel alignment should alsobe checked and corrected as necessary.Contact an INFINITI retailer.

Wheel balanceUnbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance. There-fore, they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.Spin balancing the wheels on the vehiclecould lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

Care of wheelsSee “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for detailsabout care of the wheels.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY(T-type) spare tire) (if so equipped)When a spare tire is mounted (TEMPORARYUSE ONLY), the Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) will not function.

Observe the following precautions if theTEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must beused, otherwise your vehicle could bedamaged or involved in an accident.

WARNING

. The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tireshould be used for emergency use. Itshould be replaced with the standardtire at the first opportunity to avoidpossible tire or differential damage.

. Drive carefully while the TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoidsharp turns and abrupt braking whiledriving.

. Periodically check spare tire inflationpressure. Always keep the pressure ofthe TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar). Always keepthe pressure of the full size spare tire (ifso equipped) at the recommended pres-sure for standard tires, as indicated on

the Tire and Loading Information label.For Tire and Loading Information labellocation, see “Tire and loading informa-tion label” (P.9-13).

. With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY sparetire installed do not drive your vehicle atspeeds faster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

. When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire should be used on the frontwheels and original tire used on the rearwheels (drive wheels). Use tire chainsonly on the two rear original tires.

. Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire will wear at a faster rate thanthe standard tire. Replace the spare tireas soon as the tread wear indicatorsappear.

. Do not use the spare tire on othervehicles.

. Do not use more than one spare tire atthe same time.

CAUTION

. Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARYUSE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will not

fit properly and may cause damage tothe vehicle.

. Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire is smaller than the originaltire, ground clearance is reduced. Toavoid damage to the vehicle, do notdrive over obstacles. Also do not drivethe vehicle through an automatic carwash since it may get caught.



MEMO

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants....... 9-2Fuel information .............................................. 9-4Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ......... 9-6Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ............................. 9-7

Specifications ...................................................... 9-8Engine............................................................. 9-8Wheels and tires ............................................. 9-9Dimensions ................................................... 9-10

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ................................................. 9-11Vehicle identification ......................................... 9-11

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate....... 9-11Vehicle identification number(chassis number)........................................... 9-11Engine serial number .................................... 9-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label .......... 9-12Emission control information label ................ 9-12Tire and loading information label................. 9-13Air conditioner specification label.................. 9-13

Installing front license plate.............................. 9-14Removing air deflectors..................................... 9-15Vehicle loading information............................... 9-16

Terms .......................................................... 9-16Vehicle load capacity ................................... 9-17Loading tips................................................. 9-18Measurement of weights.............................. 9-18

Towing a trailer ................................................. 9-19Flat towing................................................... 9-19

Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 9-19Treadwear.................................................... 9-19Traction AA, A, B and C................................ 9-20Temperature A, B and C............................... 9-20

Emission control system warranty ..................... 9-20Reporting safety defects.................................... 9-21Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test(US only)........................................................... 9-22Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................... 9-23Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information .............................................. 9-23

9-2 Technical and consumer information

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedureinstructed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate)Recommended specifications

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 20 gal 16-5/8 gal 76 See “Fuel information” (P.9-4).

Engine oil*2Drain and refill

With oil filter change 5-1/8 qt 4-3/8 qt 4.9 . Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent*1. Engine oil with API Certification Mark*10. Viscosity SAE 5W-30Without oil filter change 4-7/8 qt 4.0 qt 4.6

Cooling system

With reservoir 11-1/2 qt 9-5/8 qt 10.9

Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentReservoir 1 qt 3/4 qt 0.9

Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF*3

Differential gear oil — — —

Front:Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5, Viscosity SAE80W-90*4Rear:API GL-5 Synthetic gear oil, Viscosity SAE 75W-90*5

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF*6

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*7

Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*8 or equivalent DOT 3

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*9

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil SP-10 or exact equivalent

Window washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: INFINITI recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at your INFINITI retailer.

*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil” (P.8-10) for changing engine oil.

*3: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatictransmission, which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.

*4: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 328F (08C).

*5: See an INFINITI retailer for service for synthetic oil.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL/LUBRICANTS

*6: Using transfer fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and transfer durability, and may damage the transfer, which is not covered by the INFINITI newvehicle limited warranty.

*7: DEXRONTM VI type ATF may also be used.

*8: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI retailer.

*9: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” (P.9-11) for air conditioner specification label.

*10: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.9-6).

Technical and consumer information 9-3


FUEL INFORMATIONUse unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96).

If premium gasoline is not available,unleaded regular gasoline with an octanerating of 87 AKI number (Research octanenumber 91) may be temporarily used, butonly under the following precautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol system, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this willdamage the three-way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

Gasoline specificationsINFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC)specifications where it is available. Manyof the automobile manufacturers devel-oped this specification to improve emis-sion system and vehicle performance. Askyour service station manager if the gaso-line meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications.

Reformulated gasolineSome fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicleemissions. INFINITI supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that youuse reformulated gasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenatesSome fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt,ask your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

. The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than thatrecommended for unleaded gasoline.

. If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it shouldcontain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to

15%.). E-15 fuel contains more than 10%

oxygenate. E-15 fuel will adverselyaffect the emission control devicesand systems of the vehicle and shouldnot be used. Damage caused by suchfuel is not covered by the INFINITI NewVehicle Limited Warranty.

. If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in INFINITIvehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling or hard hot startingare experienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately change to anon-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a lowblend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline duringrefueling. Gasoline containing oxygenatescan cause paint damage.

E-15 fuelE-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleadedgasoline. E-15 can only be used in vehiclesdesigned to run on E-15 fuel. Do not use E-15 in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified with small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

E-85 fuelE-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleadedgasoline. E-85 can only be used in aFlexible Fuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. U.S. governmentregulations require fuel ethanol dispensingpumps to be identified by a small, square,orange and black label with the commonabbreviation or the appropriate percentagefor that region.

Aftermarket fuel additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use ofany aftermarket fuel additives (Example:fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, intakevalve deposit removers, etc.) which aresold commercially. Many of these additivesintended for gum, varnish or depositremoval may contain active solvent orsimilar ingredients that can be harmful tothe fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tipsUsing unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended above cancause persistent, heavy spark knock.(Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise.)If severe, this can lead to engine damage.If you detect a persistent heavy sparkknock even when using gasoline of thestated octane rating, or if you hear steadyspark knock while holding a steady speedon level roads, have an INFINITI retailercorrect the condition. Failure to correct thecondition is misuse of the vehicle, forwhich INFINITI is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. This inturn may cause excessive fuel consumptionor damage to the engine. If any of the



above symptoms are encountered, haveyour vehicle checked at an INFINITI retaileror other competent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time whileaccelerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.

JVT0159X

1. API certification mark2. API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE-COMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oilIt is essential to choose the correct grade,quality, and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance,see “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” (P.9-2). INFINITI recommendsthe use of an energy conserving oil inorder to improve fuel economy.

Select only engine oils that meet the

American Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Standar-dization and Approval Committee (ILSAC)certification and SAE viscosity standard.These oils have the API certification markon the front of the container. Oils which donot have the specified quality label shouldnot be used as they could cause enginedamage.

Oil additivesINFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosityThe engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because of this,it is important that the engine oil viscositybe selected based on the temperatures atwhich the vehicle will be operated beforethe next oil change. Choosing an oilviscosity other than that recommendedcould cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filterYour new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervalsThe oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Oil andfilter other than the specified quality, or oiland filter change intervals longer thanrecommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and

filter quality and/or viscosity is not coveredby the new INFINITI vehicle limited warran-ties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the firstrecommended change interval. Oil andfilter change intervals depend upon howyou use your vehicle. Operation under thefollowing conditions may require morefrequent oil and filter changes.

. repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures,

. driving in dusty conditions,

. extensive idling,

. stop and go “rush hour” traffic,Refer to the “INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide” for the maintenance sche-dule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE-FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE-COMMENDATIONSThe air conditioning system in yourINFINITI vehicle must be charged with therefrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) and thelubricant, NISSAN A/C system oil SP-10or the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubricantwill cause severe damage to the air con-ditioning system and will require the repla-cement of all air conditioner systemcomponents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerant doesnot affect the earth’s atmosphere, certaingovernmental regulations require the re-covery and recycling of any refrigerantduring automotive air conditioning systemservice. Your INFINITI retailer has thetrained technicians and equipment neededto recover and recycle your air conditioningsystem refrigerant.

Contact an INFINITI retailer when servicingyour air conditioning system.



ENGINEModel VQ37VHR

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement 6-cylinder, V-slanted at 608

Bore 6 Stroke in (mm)3.760 6 3.385(95.5 6 86.0)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 225.54 (3,696)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6

Idle speed rpmNo adjustment is necessary.Ignition timing

(B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug FXE24HR11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

STI0425

SPECIFICATIONS

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheelType Size Offset in (mm)

Conventional17 6 7.5J 1.77 (45)

196 8.5J 1.97 (50)

Spare (if so equipped) 18 6 4T 0 (0)

TireType Size Pressure PSI (kPa) [Cold]

Conventional

P225/55RF17 95V

35 (240)P245/40RF19 94V

245/40RF19 94W

Spare (T-type) (if so equipped) T145/70R18 107M 60 (420)



DIMENSIONSin (mm)

Base/Premium Sport

Overall length (with front license plate) 188.6 (4,790) 189.1 (4,802)

Overall length (without front license plate) 188.3 (4,782) 189.1 (4,802)

Overall width 71.8 (1,823) 71.8 (1,823)

Overall height 56.8 (1,443)*1*257.2 (1,453)*3*4

56.8 (1,443)*1*257.2 (1,453)*3*4

Front tread 60.8 (1,545)*1*360.4 (1,535)*2*4

60.8 (1,545)*1*360.4 (1,535)*2*4

Rear tread 61.8 (1,570)*1*361.4 (1,560)*2*4

61.8 (1,570)*1*361.4 (1,560)*2*4

Wheelbase 112.2 (2,850) 112.2 (2,850)

*1: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)/17-in tire models*2: Two-Wheel Drive (2WD)/19-in tire models*3: Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)/17-in tire models*4: Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)/19-in tire models

If you plan to travel in another country,you should first find out if the fuelavailable is suitable for your vehicle’sengine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking yourvehicle to areas where appropriate fuel isnot available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modifythe vehicle to meet local laws and regula-tions.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specificationsmay differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken intoanother country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the respon-sibility of the user. INFINITI is notresponsible for any inconvenience thatmay result.

STI0716

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATEThe vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

STI0717

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(chassis number)The number is stamped as shown in theengine compartment.


WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOURVEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


STI0509

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBERThe number is stamped on the engine asshown.

STI0718

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICA-TION LABELThe Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This labelcontains valuable vehicle information, suchas: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), monthand year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifi-cation Number (VIN), etc. Review it care-fully.

STI0719

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABELThe emission control information label isattached as shown.

JVT0220X

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABELThe cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label affixed tothe pillar as illustrated.

STI0721

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABELThe air conditioner specification label isattached as shown.



JVT0222X

Use the following steps to mount thelicense plate:

Before mounting the license plate, confirmthat the following parts are enclosed in theplastic bag.

Only use the recommended mountingposition, otherwise the radar sensor (In-telligent Cruise Control (ICC) system) (if soequipped) obstruction may result.

. License plate bracket

. J-nut 6 2

. Screw 6 2

. Screw grommet 6 21. Park the vehicle on flat, level ground.

2. Locate the center position *A asillustrated. Position the license platebracket at a distance of approximately1.26 in (32 mm) *B from the bottom ofthe bumper. Hold the license platebracket in place.

3. Mark the center of the hole *C with afelt-tip pen.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a0.35 in (9 mm) drill bit at the markedlocations. (Be sure that the drill onlygoes through the bumper fascia.)

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

5. Insert grommets into the hole on thefascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver into thegrommet hole to add 908 turn onto thepart *D .

7. Install the license plate bracket withscrews.

STI0623

Left sideThis vehicle is equipped with air deflectorsin front of the front wheels. The deflectorswill change the air flow to help improveaerodynamic performance.

When transporting your vehicle on a trailer,the air deflectors may interfere with asteep slope to a trailer bed. In this case,remove the deflectors from the undercoverof the vehicle.

1. Loosen three screws as shown andremove the left-side air deflector *A .

2. Tighten the removed screw *B in itsoriginal position.

3. Perform the same procedure to removethe right-side air deflector.

4. Store the two air deflectors and fourscrews to reinstall in the reverse order.

5. When reinstalling, make sure all sixscrews are firmly tightened on both airdeflectors.


REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS


WARNING

. It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside the vehicle.In a collision, people riding inthese areas are more likely to beseriously injured or killed.

. Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

. Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMSIt is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms beforeloading your vehicle:. Curb Weight (actual weight of your

vehicle) - vehicle weight includ-ing: standard and optional equip-ment, fluids, emergency tools,and spare tire assembly. This

weight does not include passen-gers and cargo.

. GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weightof passengers and cargo.

. GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle,passengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other op-tional equipment. This informa-tion is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit spe-cified for the front or rear axle.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

. GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum totalweight rating of the vehicle, pas-sengers, cargo, and trailer.

. Vehicle Capacity Weight, Loadlimit, Total load capacity - max-imum total weight limit specified

of the load (passengers and car-go) for the vehicle. This is themaximum combined weight ofoccupants and cargo that can beloaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer,the trailer tongue weight must beincluded as part of the cargo load.This information is located on theTire and Loading Information la-bel.

. Cargo capacity - permissibleweight of cargo, the weight oftotal occupants weight subtractedfrom the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

STI0365

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITYDo not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. Do not exceed the number ofoccupants shown as “Seating Capa-city” on the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

To get “the combined weight ofoccupants and cargo”, add theweight of all occupants, then add

the total luggage weight. Examplesare shown in the illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement “The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX lbs” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers thatwill be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo andluggage load capacity. For exam-ple, if the XXX amount equals1400 lbs. and there will be five150 lb. passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of available cargoand luggage load capacity is 650lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650lbs or 640 − 340 (5 x 70) = 300kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer willbe transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determinehow this reduces the available



cargo and luggage load capacityof your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle,confirm that you do not exceed theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)or the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) for your vehicle. (See “Mea-surement of weights” (P.9-18).)

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and LoadingInformation label.

LOADING TIPS. The GVW must not exceed GVWR

or GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

. Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

. Properly secure all cargo to helpprevent it from sliding or shifting.Do not place cargo higher than the

seatbacks. In a sudden stop orcollision, unsecured cargo couldcause personal injury.

. Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur, orit can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in lossof control and cause personalinjury.

. Overloading could not only short-en the life of your vehicle and thetires, but also could lead tohazardous vehicle handling andlong braking distance. This maycause a premature tire malfunc-tion, which could result in aserious accident and personal in-jury. Failures caused by overload-ing are not covered by thevehicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weighthe front and the rear wheels sepa-rately to determine axle loads. In-dividual axle loads should notexceed either of the gross axleweight ratings (GAWR). The total ofthe axle loads should not exceed thegross vehicle weight rating (GVWR).These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or re-move items to bring all weightsbelow the ratings.

Do not tow a trailer with yourvehicle.

FLAT TOWINGTowing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used whentowing a vehicle behind a recreationalvehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

. Failure to follow these guidelines canresult in severe transmission damage.

. Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

. DO NOT tow any Automatic Transmission(AT) vehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission partsdue to lack of transmission lubrication.

. DO NOT tow any All-Wheel Drive (AWD)vehicle with any of the wheels on theground. Doing so may cause serious andexpensive damage to the powertrain.

. For emergency towing procedures referto “Towing recommended by INFINITI”(P.6-14).

Automatic TransmissionAll-Wheel Drive (AWD) models:

Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of thewheels on the ground.

Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models:

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate vehicledolly MUST be placed under the towedvehicle’s drive wheels. Always follow thedolly manufacturer’s recommendationswhen using their product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applic-able on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEARThe treadwear grade is a comparativerating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course. Forexample, a tire graded 150 would wear oneand one-half (1 1/2) times as well on thegovernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tires dependsupon actual conditions of their use, how-ever, and may depart significantly from thenorm due to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences in roadcharacteristics and climate.


TOWING A TRAILER UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


TRACTION AA, A, B AND CThe traction grades, from highest to low-est, are AA, A, B and C. Those gradesrepresent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND CThe temperature grades A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat and its ability todissipate heat when tested under con-trolled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained hightemperature can cause the material of thetire to degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden

tire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passengercar tires must meet under the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessive loading,either separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For USA:

. Emission Defects Warranty

. Emissions Performance WarrantyDetails of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty Information Booklet that comeswith your INFINITI. If you did not receive aWarranty Information Booklet, or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

. INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in yourWarranty and Roadside Assistance Infor-mation that comes with your INFINITI. If youdid not receive a Warranty and RoadsideAssistance Information, or it has becomelost, you may obtain a replacement bywriting to:

. Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario,L4W 4Z5

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition tonotifying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign. How-ever, NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems between you,your retailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW.,Washington DC 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motorvehicle safety from http://www.safe-

rcar. gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department,toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform TransportCanada in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defectexists in a group of vehicles, it mayrequest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, Transport Cana-da cannot become involved in indivi-dual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada’sDefect Investigations and RecallsDivision toll free at 1-800-333-0510.You may also report safety defects


REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


online at:

https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/Index.aspx.

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada’s Road SafetyInformation Centre at 1-800- 333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) orwww.tc .gc .ca/secur i terout iere(French speakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safety con-cerns please contact our ConsumerInformation Centre toll free at 1-800-361-4792.

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) should never be testedusing a two wheel dynamometer (such asthe dynamometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equipment.Make sure you inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer. Usingthe wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to bein what is called the “ready condition” foran Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage of thevehicle.

If a powertrain system component isrepaired or the battery is disconnected,the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready

condition”. Before taking the I/M test,check the vehicle’s inspection/mainte-nance test readiness condition. Place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. If the MalfunctionIndicator Light (MIL) comes on steady for20 seconds and then blinks for 10seconds, the I/M test condition is “notready”. If the MIL does not blink after 20seconds, the I/M test condition is “ready”.

Contact an INFINITI retailer to set the“ready condition” or to prepare the vehiclefor testing.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (US only)

This vehicle is equipped with an Event DataRecorder (EDR). The main purpose of anEDR is to record, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an air bagdeployment or hitting a road obstacle, datathat will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a shortperiod of time, typically 30 seconds orless. The EDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

. Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/orbrake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle was traveling.

. Sounds are not recorded.These data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDRunder normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, age and

crash location) are recorded. However,other parties, such as law enforcement,could combine the EDR data with the typeof personally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer and INFINITIretailer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment, canread the information if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will onlybe accessed with the consent of the vehicleowner or lessee or as otherwise required orpermitted by law.

Genuine INFINITI Service Manual for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. Agenuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at INFINITI retailerships. GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals can also bepurchased.

For USA:

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

1-800-450-9491www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals, con-tact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual for thismodel year and prior, contact an INFINITIretailer. For the phone number and locationof an INFINITI retailer in your area call theINFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representa-tive will assist you.


EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR) OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUALORDER INFORMATION


MEMO

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) ....................... 5-107Active Lane Control ........................................... 5-24Active trace control ......................................... 5-110Air bag system

Front-seat mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system ....................... 1-52Roof-mounted curtain side-impactsupplemental air bag system ....................... 1-52

Air bag warning labels ...................................... 1-55Air bag warning light ............................... 1-55, 2-16Air cleaner housing filter................................... 8-19Air conditioner

Air conditioner specification label ................ 9-13Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations ............................ 9-7

Air deflectors .................................................... 9-15Alarm

How to stop alarm (see vehiclesecurity system)........................................... 2-32

Alcohol, drugs and driving .................................. 5-9Antenna .............................................................. 4-3Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ....................... 5-107Appearance care

Exterior appearance care................................ 7-2Interior appearance care ................................ 7-5

Armrest............................................................... 1-7Ashtrays ........................................................... 2-44Audible reminders ............................................ 2-19Autolight system............................................... 2-37

AutomaticAutomatic transmission fluid (ATF) ............... 8-12Driving with automatic transmission ............ 5-15

Automatic door locks .......................................... 3-5Automatic drive positioner ................................ 3-29Automatic moonroof.......................................... 2-52Automatic seat positioner ................................. 3-29Average speed .................................................. 2-28Avoiding collision and rollover ............................ 5-8

B

Back-up Collision Intervention (BCI) system....... 5-48Battery.............................................................. 8-15

Battery replacement, Intelligent Key ............... 3-2Battery saver system ................................... 2-40Intelligent Key.............................................. 8-24Variable voltage control system ................... 8-17

Before starting the engine ................................ 5-13Belts (See drive belts) ....................................... 8-17Blind Spot Warning (BSW) system/Blind SpotInterventionTM (BSI) system............................... 5-37Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) .................. 5-107Brake fluid ................................................... 8-13Brake force distribution ............................. 5-109Brake system ............................................. 5-106Parking brake operation............................... 5-20

Brake warning light........................................... 2-13Break-in schedule ............................................. 5-99

Bulb check/instrument panel ............................ 2-12Bulb replacement.............................................. 8-26

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ...... 9-2Car phone or CB radio ........................................ 4-3Card holder....................................................... 2-47Catalytic converter

Three-way catalyst ......................................... 5-4Chassis control ............................................... 5-112Check tire pressure warning.............................. 2-23Child restraints ................................................. 1-24

LATCH system .............................................. 1-26Precautions on child restraints..................... 1-24

Child safety ...................................................... 1-22Child safety rear door lock .................................. 3-6Chimes

Audible reminders ....................................... 2-19Seat belt warning light and chime ............... 2-16

Circuit breakerFusible link .................................................. 8-22

Cleaning exterior and interior....................... 7-2, 7-5Clock ............................................................... 2-30Coat hooks ....................................................... 2-48Cockpit ............................................................... 2-3Cold weather driving ....................................... 5-112Compact spare tire ........................................... 8-40Compass............................................................. 2-9Console box...................................................... 2-47

10-2

CoolantCapacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants ........................ 9-2Changing engine coolant ............................... 8-9Checking engine coolant level ........................ 8-9

Corrosion protection ........................................... 7-7Courtesy light ................................................... 2-56Cruise control ................................................... 5-56

Fixed speed cruise control (on ICC system) ... 5-74Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system.......... 5-58

Cruise indicator ................................................ 2-24Cup holders ...................................................... 2-45Current fuel consumption.................................. 2-28

D

Daytime running light system ........................... 2-40Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ........................................... 2-36

Dimensions....................................................... 9-10Direct Adaptive Steering ................................. 5-104Distance Control Assist (DCA) system ................ 5-79Distance to empty............................................. 2-28Drive belts ........................................................ 8-17Drive positioner ................................................ 3-29Driver assist system indicator ........................... 2-25Driving

Cold weather driving .................................. 5-112Driving with automatic transmission ............ 5-15Precautions when starting and driving ........... 5-3

E

ECO drive indicator light ................................... 2-17ECO mode......................................................... 5-22ECO pedal system ............................................. 5-22Economy

Fuel ........................................................... 5-100Elapsed time..................................................... 2-28Elapsed time and trip odometer ........................ 2-28Emission control information label .................... 9-12Emission control system warranty ..................... 9-20Engine

Before starting the engine ........................... 5-13Break-in schedule ........................................ 5-99Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants ........................ 9-2Changing engine coolant ............................... 8-9Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level ........................ 8-9Checking engine oil level ............................. 8-10Coolant temperature gauge ............................ 2-8Emergency engine shut off........................... 5-12Engine block heater ................................... 5-113Engine compartment check locations ............. 8-6Engine cooling system ................................... 8-8Engine oil .................................................... 8-10Engine oil and filter replacement indicator ... 2-26Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ........ 9-6Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 9-7Engine serial number ................................... 9-12Engine specifications ..................................... 9-8

Engine start operation indicator ................... 2-22If your vehicle overheats .............................. 6-12Starting the engine ...................................... 5-14

Engine coolant temperature gauge ...................... 2-8Entry/exit function

Automatic drive positioner ........................... 3-29Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................... 9-23Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) .......................... 5-3

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ............. 9-12Filter

Air cleaner housing filter.............................. 8-19Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-10

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) ...... 6-2Flat tire ............................................................... 6-3Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning .......................... 2-23Flat towing........................................................ 9-19Floor mat cleaning .............................................. 7-6Floor mat positioning aid .................................... 7-6Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ............... 8-12Brake fluid ................................................... 8-13Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants ........................ 9-2Engine coolant ............................................... 8-8Engine oil .................................................... 8-10Power steering fluid ..................................... 8-13Window washer fluid ................................... 8-14

Fog light switch ................................................ 2-42Forward emergency braking system .................. 5-89

Forward emergency braking systemwarning light .................................................... 2-13Front passenger air bag and status light ........... 1-49Front power seat adjustment............................... 1-3Front seat

Front seat adjustment .................................... 1-3Fuel

Capacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants ........................ 9-2Fuel economy............................................. 5-100Fuel information............................................. 9-4Fuel octane rating .......................................... 9-4Fuel-filler cap ............................................... 3-21Fuel-filler door ............................................. 3-21Gauge............................................................ 2-9

Fuel Efficient Driving Tips .................................. 5-99Fuses ................................................................ 8-22Fusible links ..................................................... 8-22

G

Garage door openerHomeLink® Universal Transceiver ................. 2-56

Gas cap ............................................................ 3-21Gauge................................................................. 2-6

Engine coolant temperature gauge ................. 2-8Fuel gauge ..................................................... 2-9Odometer....................................................... 2-7Speedometer ................................................. 2-7Tachometer .................................................... 2-8Trip computer .............................................. 2-28

General maintenance .......................................... 8-2

Glove box ......................................................... 2-47

H

Hazard warning flasher switch ............................ 6-2Head restraints/headrests................................... 1-8Headlights

Aiming control (See Adaptive Front lightingSystem (AFS)) .............................................. 2-41Headlight switch .......................................... 2-36

Heated seats ...................................................... 1-5Heater

Engine block heater ................................... 5-113High beam assist .............................................. 2-38Hill start assist system ................................... 5-111HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ...................... 2-56Hood release .................................................... 3-18Hook

Coat hooks .................................................. 2-48Trunk hooks................................................. 2-48

Horn ................................................................. 2-43

I

Ignition switch(Push-button) ............................................... 5-10Automatic transmission models ................... 5-15

Immobilizer system........................................... 2-32Indicator

Vehicle information display .......................... 2-20Indicator lights ................................................. 2-17

Indicators for operation (vehicleinformation display) .......................................... 2-22INFINITI Drive Mode Selector ............................. 5-21Infiniti InTouch Owner’s Manual .......................... 4-2INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System .................. 2-32

Engine start ................................................. 2-32Inside mirror ..................................................... 3-26Inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .................... 9-22Instrument brightness control ........................... 2-42Instrument panel ................................................ 2-5Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)..................... 5-101Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system............... 5-58Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemON indicator ..................................................... 2-24Intelligent Key..................................................... 3-2Intelligent Key system......................................... 3-6

Battery replacement..................................... 8-24Key operating range....................................... 3-8Key operation ................................................ 3-9Warning signals ........................................... 3-12

Interior light control switch ............................... 2-54Interior light replacement.................................. 8-27Interior lights .................................................... 2-53Interior trunk lid release ................................... 3-21ISOFIX child restraint ........................................ 1-26

J

Jump starting ...................................................... 6-9

10-3

10-4

K

Keyless entry (See remote keylessentry system) .................................................... 3-14Keys ................................................................... 3-2

For Intelligent Key system .............................. 3-6

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels ................................. 1-55Air conditioner specification label ................ 9-13Emission control information label ............... 9-12Engine serial number ................................... 9-12F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........ 9-12Tire and Loading information label...... 8-31, 9-13Vehicle identification number (VIN) .............. 9-11

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system ........... 5-33Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system.............. 5-31Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system/LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) system ................... 5-30LATCH system ................................................... 1-26License plate

Installing front license plate......................... 9-14Light

Air bag warning light ................................... 1-55Bulb replacement......................................... 8-26Fog light switch ........................................... 2-42Headlight switch .......................................... 2-36Indicator lights ............................................ 2-17Interior light control switch .......................... 2-54Interior lights ............................................... 2-53

Map lights ................................................... 2-53Personal lights............................................. 2-54Replacement ................................................ 8-26Trunk light ................................................... 2-56Vanity mirror lights ...................................... 2-55Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders........................................ 2-12

LightsExterior and interior light replacement ......... 8-27

Loading information (See vehicleloading information) ......................................... 9-16Lock

Automatic door locks ..................................... 3-5Door locks ..................................................... 3-4Power door lock............................................. 3-4Trunk lid ...................................................... 3-19

Locking with mechanical key............................... 3-4Log-in function.................................................. 3-14Loose Fuel Cap warning ........................... 2-23, 3-23Low fuel warning light ...................................... 2-14Low outside temperature warning ..................... 2-24Low tire pressure warning light ......................... 2-14Low tire pressure warning system (See TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)) ... 5-4, 6-3, 8-29

M

MaintenanceBattery......................................................... 8-15General maintenance ..................................... 8-2Indicators for maintenance (vehicleinformation display) ..................................... 2-25

Inside the vehicle .......................................... 8-3Maintenance precautions ............................... 8-5Maintenance requirements ............................. 8-2Outside the vehicle ........................................ 8-2Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-21Under the hood and vehicle ........................... 8-4

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) ....................... 2-18Map lights ........................................................ 2-53Master warning light ......................................... 2-16Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) .............. 3-3Memory storage

Automatic drive positioner ........................... 3-30Meter

Trip computer .............................................. 2-28Meters and gauges ............................................. 2-6

Instrument brightness control ...................... 2-42Mirror

Inside mirror ................................................ 3-26Outside mirrors............................................ 3-27Vanity mirror................................................ 3-29

Moonroof .......................................................... 2-51

N

NAVI Shift Control ............................................. 5-19New vehicle break-in......................................... 5-99

O

Odometer............................................................ 2-7Off-road recovery ................................................ 5-8

OilCapacities andrecommended fuel/lubricants ........................ 9-2Changing engine oil and filter ...................... 8-10Checking engine oil level ............................. 8-10Engine oil .................................................... 8-10Engine oil viscosity ........................................ 9-7

One touch unlock sensor (See IntelligentKey system) ........................................................ 3-9Operation

Indicators for operation ............................... 2-22Outside air temperature .................................... 2-30Outside mirrors................................................. 3-27Overheat, If your vehicle overheats ................... 6-12Owner’s Manual/Service Manualorder information.............................................. 9-23

P

Panic alarm ...................................................... 3-16Parking

Parking brake operation............................... 5-20Parking on hills ......................................... 5-103

Parking brake break-in .................................... 5-106Personal lights.................................................. 2-54PERSONAL mode ............................................... 5-23Phone

Car phone or CB radio ................................... 4-3Power

Power door lock............................................. 3-4Power outlet ................................................ 2-44Power steering fluid ..................................... 8-13

Power steering system ............................... 5-104Power windows............................................ 2-49

PrecautionsBraking precautions ................................... 5-106Child restraints ............................................ 1-24Cruise control .............................................. 5-56Maintenance .................................................. 8-5Seat belt usage ........................................... 1-12Supplemental restraint system..................... 1-42When starting and driving.............................. 5-3

Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function ........ 1-14Predictive forward collision warning system ...... 5-94Push starting .................................................... 6-11Push-button ignition switch .............................. 5-10

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio ................................... 4-3

Rain-sensing auto wiper system........................ 2-35Rapid air pressure loss ....................................... 5-9Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test(US only) .......................................................... 9-22Rear door lock

Child safety rear door lock ............................. 3-6Rear seats .......................................................... 1-5Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ................................................ 2-36Recorders

Event data ................................................... 9-23Registering your vehicle in another country ...... 9-11Remote keyless entry system ............................ 3-14

Reporting safety defects ................................... 9-21Request switch (See Intelligent Key system)........ 3-9Roadside assistance program ............................. 6-2Rollover .............................................................. 5-8Roof

Moonroof ..................................................... 2-52Run-flat tires ....................................................... 6-4

S

SafetyChild seat belts ........................................... 1-22Reporting safety defects .............................. 9-21

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment.......................... 1-3Front seats..................................................... 1-3

Seat belt(s)Child safety ................................................. 1-22Infants ......................................................... 1-23Injured persons ........................................... 1-14Larger children............................................. 1-23Precautions on seat belt usage .................... 1-12Pre-crash seat belts with comfort function ... 1-14Pregnant women .......................................... 1-14Seat belt cleaning .......................................... 7-7Seat belt extenders...................................... 1-21Seat belt maintenance ................................. 1-21Seat belt warning light and chime ............... 2-16Seat belts .................................................... 1-12Seat belts with pretensioners ...................... 1-54Shoulder belt height adjustment .................. 1-20Small children ............................................. 1-23

10-5

10-6

Three-point type .......................................... 1-15Seat(s)

Driver-side memory...................................... 3-29Heated seats ................................................. 1-5Seats ............................................................. 1-2

Security systemVehicle security system................................ 2-31

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem)

Engine start ................................................. 2-32Shift lever

Shift lock release ......................................... 5-18Shift lock release, Transmission ........................ 5-18Shifting

Automatic transmission ............................... 5-15Shoulder belt height adjustment ....................... 1-20SNOW mode ..................................................... 5-22Spare tire ........................................................... 9-9Spark plugs ...................................................... 8-18Speedometer ...................................................... 2-7SPORT mode ..................................................... 5-22STANDARD mode............................................... 5-21Starting

Before starting the engine ........................... 5-13Jump starting ............................................... 8-16Precautions when starting and driving ........... 5-3Push starting ............................................... 6-11Starting the engine ...................................... 5-14

Status light, Front passenger air bag ................ 1-49Steering

Direct Adaptive Steering ............................ 5-104

Power steering fluid ..................................... 8-13Power steering system ............................... 5-104Tilt/telescopic steering................................. 3-24

Storage............................................................. 2-45Storage box ...................................................... 2-48Sun visors ........................................................ 3-25Sunglasses holder ............................................ 2-46Supplemental air bag warning labels ................ 1-55Supplemental air bag warning light ......... 1-55, 2-16Supplemental restraint system.......................... 1-42

Precautions on supplementalrestraint system........................................... 1-42

SwitchAutolight switch ........................................... 2-37Fog light switch ........................................... 2-42Hazard warning flasher switch ....................... 6-2Headlight switch .......................................... 2-36Ignition switch ............................................. 5-15Power door lock switch .................................. 3-5Rear window and outside mirrordefroster switch ........................................... 2-36Turn signal switch........................................ 2-42Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ..... 2-43

T

Tachometer ......................................................... 2-8Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge ................. 2-8Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System)

Engine start ................................................. 2-32Thigh extension .................................................. 1-5

Three-way catalyst .............................................. 5-4Tilt/telescopic steering...................................... 3-24Tire

Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ..................... 2-23Run-flat tires .................................................. 6-4Tire replacement indicator............................ 2-26Tire rotation ................................................. 8-38

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light .................... 2-14

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning.................. 2-23Tires

Flat tire .......................................................... 6-3Low tire pressure warning system ... 5-4, 6-3, 8-29Run-flat tires ................................................ 8-36Spare tire .................................................... 8-40Tire and Loading information label...... 8-31, 9-13Tire chains ................................................... 8-37Tire dressing.................................................. 7-4Tire pressure................................................ 8-29Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).............................. 5-4, 6-3, 8-29Types of tires ............................................... 8-35Uniform tire quality grading ......................... 9-19Wheel/tire size .............................................. 9-9Wheels and tires.......................................... 8-29

TowingFlat towing................................................... 9-19Tow truck towing.......................................... 6-13Towing a trailer ............................................ 9-19

TPMSTire Pressure Monitoring System... 5-4, 6-3, 8-29

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring systemTPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator................... 5-7

Trailer towing.................................................... 9-19Transceiver

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ................. 2-56Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) ............... 8-12Driving with automatic transmission ............ 5-15Transmission shift lever lock release............ 5-18

Transmitter (See remote keyless entry system) ... 3-14Traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ................................................ 9-11Trip computer ................................................... 2-28Trip odometer ................................................... 2-28Trunk

Interior trunk lid release .............................. 3-21Light ............................................................ 2-56Pass-through ................................................. 1-7Trunk hooks................................................. 2-48Trunk lid ...................................................... 3-19Trunk lid release switch ............................... 3-19Trunk open request switch ........................... 3-19Trunk release power cancel switch ............... 3-20

Turn signal switch............................................. 2-42

U

Underbody cleaning ............................................ 7-3Uniform tire quality grading .............................. 9-19

V

Vanity mirror..................................................... 3-29Vanity mirror lights ........................................... 2-55Variable voltage control system ........................ 8-17Vehicle

Dimensions.................................................. 9-10Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ................ 6-16Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ..... 2-43Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ....... 5-108Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)warning light ............................................... 2-17

Vehicle identification number (VIN) ................... 9-11Vehicle information display ............................... 2-20Vehicle loading information .............................. 9-16Vehicle security system..................................... 2-31Ventilators .......................................................... 4-2

W

WarningBlind Spot Warning (BSW) system................ 5-38Flat Tire - Visit dealer warning ..................... 2-23Hazard warning flasher switch ....................... 6-2Indicators for operation (vehicleinformation display) ..................................... 2-22Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system......... 5-31Predictive forward collisionwarning system ........................................... 5-94Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).............................. 5-4, 6-3, 8-29Vehicle information display .......................... 2-20

Warning/indicator lights andaudible reminders........................................ 2-12

Warning labelsAir bag warning labels ................................. 1-55

Warning lightAir bag warning light ......................... 1-55, 2-16Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light ............................................... 2-12Brake warning light...................................... 2-13Forward emergency braking systemwarning light ............................................... 2-13Low fuel warning light ................................. 2-14Low tire pressure warning light .................... 2-14Power steering warning light........................ 2-16Seat belt warning light and chime ............... 2-16

WarrantyEmission control system warranty ................ 9-20

Washer switchWindshield wiper and washer switch ........... 2-33

Washing ............................................................. 7-2Waxing ............................................................... 7-2Wheel/tire size ................................................... 9-9Wheels and tires............................................... 8-29

Care of wheels ............................................... 7-3Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels .................... 7-3Cleaning bright wheels .................................. 7-4

Window washer fluid ........................................ 8-14Window(s)

Cleaning ........................................................ 7-3Power windows............................................ 2-49

Windshield wiper and washer switch ................ 2-33

10-7

10-8

WiperRain-sensing auto wiper system................... 2-35Windshield wiper and washer switch ........... 2-33Wiper blades ............................................... 8-20

MEMO

10-9

FUEL INFORMATION:Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is notavailable, unleaded regular gasoline withan octane rating of 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) may betemporarily used, but only under thefollowing precautions:

. Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, and fillup with unleaded premium gasoline assoon as possible.

. Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for max-imum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

. Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emissioncontrol systems, and may also affectwarranty coverage.

. Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this willdamage the three way catalyst.

. Do not use E-15 or E-85 fuel in yourvehicle. Your vehicle is not designed torun on E-15 or E-85 fuel. Using E-15 or E-85 fuel in a vehicle not specificallydesigned for E-15 or E-85 fuel canadversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle.Damage caused by such fuel is notcovered by the INFINITI new vehiclelimited warranty.

. U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

For additional information, see “Capacitiesand recommended fuel/lubricants” (P.9-2).

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:. Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equiva-

lent. Engine oil with API Certification Mark. Viscosity SAE 5W-30See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” (P.9-2) for engine oil and oilfilter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door.For additional information, see “Wheelsand tires” (P.8-29).

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCE-DURES RECOMMENDATION:During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” (P.5-99) of this Owner’s Manual. Follow theserecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

2014 Infiniti Q50 Owner’s Manual

Prin

ting

: Aug

ust 2

013

(02)

/ O

M14

E 0V

37U

1 /

Pri

nted

in U

.S.A

.For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.2014 Infiniti Q

50

1541388 EN Q50 G Sedan.indd 1 8/3/13 9:43 AM

2014 Infiniti Q50 | Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA · Printing: August 2013 (02) / OM14E 0V37U1 /...

Documents

Transcript of 2014 Infiniti Q50 | Owner's Manual | Infiniti USA · Printing: August 2013 (02) / OM14E 0V37U1 /...